Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Infrastructure / PayPoint plc

PayPoint plc

payp · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker payp
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Infrastructure
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · PayPoint plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
P

a

y

P

o

i

n

t

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

Embedding 
PayPoint at 
the heart of 
convenience 
retail

Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
Who we are

Champions of convenience
At PayPoint, we’re all about convenience. 
Through our network of 47,000 stores 
across the UK and Romania, we make life 
easier for everyone through pioneering 
retail technology, services and omnichannel 
payments solutions serving millions of 
customers every day.
Our aim is to embed ourselves at the 
heart of convenience retail in the UK 
and Romania – becoming the definitive 
convenient parcel point provider and 
maintaining our position as market leaders 
in the ‘pay-as-you-go’ and digital bill 
payments market. By continually innovating, 
we are creating unrivalled customer 
experiences and sustainable growth.

Contents

Strategic Report
01  Highlights
02  At a glance
04  Chairman’s statement
06  Our markets
08  Business model
10  Strategic framework
14  Chief Executive’s statement
16  Strategy in action: PayPoint One 
18  Chief Executive’s Q&A
20  Strategy in action: Parcels
22  Key performance indicators
24  Financial review
30  Strategy in action: MultiPay
32  Principal risks and uncertainties
35  Viability and going concern statements
36  Purpose and values
 People and culture
38 
40  Responsible business

Governance
44  Board of Directors
46  Leadership team
48  Chairman’s introduction
50  Corporate governance statement
57  Nomination Committee Report
60  Audit Committee Report
65  Directors’ Remuneration Report
82  Directors’ Report
85  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
86 

 Independent Auditor’s Report to the  
members of PayPoint plc

Financial statements
94  Consolidated statement of profit or loss
94 

 Consolidated statement 
of other comprehensive income

95  Consolidated statement of 

financial position

96  Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity

97  Consolidated statement of cash flows
98  Company statement of financial position
99  Company statement of changes in equity
99  Company statement of cash flows
100  Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

Shareholder information
123 Notice of annual general meeting
131 Officers and professional advisers

For more information go to
corporate.paypoint.com

01

Highlights

Revenue

£211.6m
-0.9%

(2018: £213.5m)

Profit before tax

£54.7m 
+3.3%

(2018: £52.9m)

Profit before tax excluding 
exceptional items

£53.8m 
+1.6%

(2018: £52.9m)

Cash generation1

£62.8m
-7.5%

(2018: £67.9m)

Ordinary dividend paid per share

Additional dividend paid per share

46.2p 
+1.9%

(2018: 45.3p)

Net corporate cash2

£3.5m 
-81.3%

(2018: £18.5m)

Net revenue3

£116.6m 
-2.5%

(2018: £119.6m)

Operating margin4

46.3%
+1.6ppts

(2018: 44.7%)

Diluted earnings per share

64.8p 
+3.3%

(2018: 62.7p)

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

36.7p 
No change

(2018: 36.7p)

Cash and cash equivalents

£37.5m 
-18.6%

(2018: £46.0m)

116.6

119.6

117.5

46.3

44.7

45.3

64.8

62.7

87.2

1.  Cash generation is an alternative performance measure. 
Refer to the financial review – cash flow and liquidity for 
a reconciliation from profit before tax. 

2.  Net corporate cash is cash and cash equivalents 
excluding clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits of 
£34.0 million.

3.  Net revenue is an alternative performance measure. 
Refer to note 4 to the financial statements for a 
reconciliation to revenue.

4.  Operating margin % is an alternative performance 

measure and is calculated by dividing operating profit 
by net revenue.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report02

At a glance

Our  
portfolio

Net revenue

PayPoint One sites

Embed PayPoint at the heart  
of convenience retail
PayPoint One
This is the market-leading platform 
from which service fee revenue 
is derived through offering 
three EPoS solution packages: 
Base, Core and Pro. These are 
supported by both Android and 
iOS mobile apps allowing remote 
management of the EPoS system. 
PayPoint One is also integrated 
with wholesalers’ links.

12,881

+4,331

As at 31 March 2019

(2018: 8,550)

Card payments
PayPoint offers card payment 
solutions which seamlessly 
integrate with its in-store 
technology, making PayPoint 
a one-stop solution for 
convenience retailers. 

ATMs
PayPoint’s ATM merchant 
replenishment model allows 
retailers to recycle cash received 
from bill payments, creating 
additional revenue and footfall 
opportunities. This model is cost-
effective for both PayPoint and 
retailers alike.

Card sites

9,796

As at 31 March 2019

-456

(2018: 10,252)

ATM sites

3,827

As at 31 March 2019

-319

(2018: 4,146)

£116.6m 
-2.5%

(2018: £119.6m)

(2018: £37.7m)
 UK retail services   £37.8m 
(2018: £52.3m)
 UK bill payments  £47.8m 
 UK top-ups 
(2018: £17.7m)
£17.1m 
£13.9m  (2018: £11.9m)
 Romania 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
03

Diverse range 
of over 400 
partners

PayPoint becomes 
the definitive parcel 
point solution

Online retail shopping will continue to 
grow with deliveries in the ‘last mile’ 
difficult for carriers who are operating 
in a competitive low-margin market. 
Our extensive parcel network, which 
comprises over 7,000 sites, attracts new 
carriers which brings additional footfall 
for retailers and, crucially, convenience 
for busy internet shoppers. 

Parcel volumes

21.8m

Sustain leadership 
in ‘pay-as-you-go’ 
and grow digital 
bill payments
Bill payments
Over-the-counter payments will remain 
an important part of the UK economy. 
We will continue to retain our leadership in 
this market and grow PayPoint’s share of 
client bill payments and to keep securing 
new clients. This business remains highly 
cash generative and enables us to invest 
in future growth and innovation. 

UK bill payment and top-up transactions

361.7m

For the year ended 31 March 2019

For the year ended 31 March 2019

-1.9m

(2018: 23.7m)

-24.7m

(2018: 386.4m)

MultiPay
We intend to grow our presence in omni-
channel payment through MultiPay by 
extending it beyond the energy sector. 
This will maintain PayPoint as a key service 
provider for clients even as the digital 
payment market grows. 

MultiPay transactions

27.3m

For the year ended 31 March 2019

+7.9m

(2018: 19.4m)

Top-ups and eMoney
Top-ups include transactions where 
consumers can top up their mobiles, 
prepaid debit cards and lottery tickets. 
This sector also includes eMoney 
transactions where PayPoint provides 
the physical network for consumers to 
convert cash into electronic funds with 
online organisations.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report04

Chairman’s 
statement

In last year’s Annual 
Report, the Board 
identified the four 
key strategic priorities 
for the business.

Nick Wiles
Chairman

We believe 
there is a 
significant 
opportunity to 
drive further 
growth from 
our retail 
services 
offering 

These priorities were to: embed PayPoint 
at the heart of convenience retail, become 
the definitive parcel point solution, 
sustain leadership in ‘pay-as-you-go’ 
and grow digital bill payments, and 
innovate for future growth and profits. 
These objectives centred around our 
growth drivers of PayPoint One, parcels, 
Romania and MultiPay. I am pleased to 
report good progress against all four of 
these initiatives. Our PayPoint One estate 
was extended by 4,331 sites to reach 
12,881 sites on 31 March 2019, ahead 
of the original target of 12,400 sites. We 
have signed four new significant parcel 
partnerships. Romania’s transactions 
grew, delivering a 16.8% increase in net 
revenue. MultiPay also delivered strong 
growth of 48.3% in net revenue whilst 
the over-the-counter bill payments 
business proved to be resilient.

As a Board, we believe there is a 
significant opportunity to drive further 
growth from our retail services offering 
through developing the PayPoint One 
and parcel products, increasing the 
penetration of card payments and by 
achieving a substantial improvement 
in our service delivery to retail and 
client partners. To lead the next phase 
of PayPoint’s development, and to 
build on the success achieved in the 
business over many years, Patrick 
Headon was appointed PayPoint’s CEO 
on 1 April 2019. Patrick has a strong 
management track record in consumer, 
digital and B2B organisations. 

Patrick succeeds Dominic Taylor, who 
successfully led PayPoint for over 21 
years from a start-up company to an 
organisation of substantial scale and 
importance in the UK and Romania. 
The Board and I would like to thank 
Dominic for his immense contribution 
and leadership of PayPoint over this 
period and for the strong legacy he 
leaves behind in the business.

PayPoint Annual Report 201905

Finally, our dedicated people and their 
commitment and are vital to PayPoint 
and drive our performance. I am highly 
appreciative of the work they have 
done to deliver the results this year.

Nick Wiles
Chairman
22 May 2019

PayPoint One sites

12,881
+4,331

(2018: 8,550)

MultiPay transactions

27.3m 
+40.7%

(2018: 19.4m)

Looking ahead, the Board remains 
confident in PayPoint’s prospects given 
its position at the heart of convenience 
retail. Our low cost, scalable and efficient 
business model means that PayPoint 
will play an increasingly important role 
in the UK by providing vital payment, 
banking, CashOut and parcel services to 
communities where banks and the Post 
Office lack physical presence. We aim 
to fulfil our role in these areas in a way 
that provides excellent service to clients 
and retailers, enriching opportunities 
for all employees, and ensuring strong 
and sustainable returns to shareholders. 
The Board remains committed to our 
additional dividend programme of 
£25 million per annum which continues 
up until December 2021 alongside 
our ordinary dividend programme.

THE BOARD REMAINS 
CONFIDENT IN 
PAYPOINT’S PROSPECTS 
GIVEN ITS POSITION 
AT THE HEART OF 
CONVENIENCE RETAIL

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report06

Our markets

Responding to 
opportunities  
and challenges  
in a continually  
evolving market.

Market 
position

Market 
insights

In the UK, the retail sector comprises of over 63,500 retail sites and is made up of 
the following segments:

UK retail
sector1

PayPoint’s 
network

Independents and symbol groups in convenience retail
Specialist and CTN stores (Confectionery, Tobacconist 
and News)
Independent forecourts

34,000

6,000
3,000

Symbol and independent retailers

43,000

19,000

Multiple groups in convenience retail
Forecourt dealers
Supermarkets and discounters

Managed groups

Total UK sites

8,000
2,000
10,500

20,500

9,000

63,500

28,000

PayPoint’s network is significantly larger than all the banks, supermarkets or the 
Post Office. Our superior network means 99.5% of the urban population live within 
one mile of a PayPoint retailer and 98.5% of the rural population within five miles. 
This provides a convenient place for consumers to pay their bills and utilise other 
PayPoint services, including the collection and sending of parcels where available. 

28,000

locations within the UK

99.5%

of urban population live within 
one mile of a store

98.5% 

of rural population live within 
five miles of a store

Convenience retail
•  total convenience sector sales are 
estimated to have grown by 2.5% 
in 2018 to over £40 billion2 

•  convenience retail growth is driven by 
consumers’ habits changing towards 
smaller but more frequent shopping 
trips at their local stores 

•  convenience retailer sites declined by 
c.1.0%, mainly symbol groups, driven 
by disruption in the wholesale supply 
chain caused by the Palmer & Harvey 
collapse and consolidation within 
the sector 

Our PayPoint One technology is well 
suited for symbol and independent 
convenience retailers. In conjunction 
with additional PayPoint services such 
as parcels, it enables retailers to achieve 
higher footfall, serve customers more 
quickly and improve business efficiency. 
This helps them to grow their businesses 
profitably and remain competitive. 
Managed groups which offer PayPoint 
services typically use the PPoS solution 
which integrates into their own EPoS 
systems. As we develop our range 
of services, we can drive additional 
growth from service fee revenue.

1.   Data from the IDG retail analysis – UK grocery store 

numbers 2018.

2.  ACS local shop report 2018.
3.  Derived from data in ‘Total Market Data – Credit Card 
Statistics – January 2019’ available at https://www.
ukfinance.org.uk/data-and-research/data/cards/
card-spending, comparing seasonally adjusted figures 
from six months to July 2018 to the six months to 
January 2019. 

4.  https://www.link.co.uk/about/statistics-and-trends/ 

– 12 months to March 2019.

5.  https://www.link.co.uk/about/news/link-update-to-

interchange-rate-implementation/

w 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
 
07

w 

Card payments
•  total UK card payments transactions increased by 24.1%  
in the six months to January 20193 driven by consumers 
shifting towards contactless payments 

•  as a result of this strong growth in lower value contactless 
payments, average transaction values declined by 4.3%3
•  legislation banning surcharges on card payments became 

effective from January 2018

•  over 88% of convenience retailers offer debit and credit card 

facilities with 80% accepting contactless payments2

PayPoint will benefit both from the market growth in UK card 
payments and by increasing penetration of its card payments 
product in its retail network, assisted by our new unique 
settlement feature.

ATMs
•  LINK’s ATM transactions declined by 6.6% to 2,863 million 
transactions and LINK’s ATM network declined by 5,400 
(7.8%) sites to 63,200 in 20184

•  LINK’s interchange fee reduced by 5% in July 2018 and by 
a further 5% in January 2019 which accelerated the decline 
of ATMs in the current year. Future interchange reductions 
are on hold5

PayPoint’s ATM merchant replenishment model allows retailers to 
recycle cash received from bill payments into the ATM. This model 
is more cost-effective for both PayPoint and the retailer. It allows 
PayPoint to grow its market share and creates additional revenue 
and footfall opportunities for the retailer. The LINK Over-The-
Counter opportunity will eliminate the capital investment required 
in an ATM allowing sustained access to cash withdrawal facilities 
for consumers, particularly in areas not justifying an ATM. This 
will further support PayPoint’s position and grow market share.

Parcels
•  IMRG continues to forecast UK parcel volumes to grow by 
9% year-on-year in 2019, although for the three months to 
March 2019 volumes were 1.9% below 20186

•  the pick-up and drop-off market comprises Click and Collect, 
returns and send propositions. The Click and Collect market 
is c.118 million parcels per year and is expected to double by 
20257. Returns and send volumes are estimated at c.185 
million and c.380 million parcels per year respectively8

As PayPoint develops new parcel partnerships it will maximise 
its share of this growing market. This will drive additional 
footfall and revenue opportunities for convenience retailers 
and improve the Click and Collect experience for shoppers. 

Bill payments
•  the Post Office acquired Payzone’s bill payment business 

following the Competition and Markets Authority clearance 
in October 20189

•  cash payments in the UK declined by 14.7% in 201710
•  energy:

 – the price cap for pre-pay customers increased by £106 to 

£1,242 per year in April 201911

 – non-big six energy providers combined market share is 

now c.25%

 – 11 challenger energy companies went into administration 
in the last eight months; Ofgem are introducing financial 
health tests for new energy suppliers

•  number of pre-paid mobile subscriptions declined by 6.5% 
to 27.5 million subscribers,12 with more customers topping 
up online

•  big four banks, market share of current accounts fell from 
92% of all bank customers in 2009 to around 70% today,13 
with fintech challenger banks such as Monzo, Revolut, N26, 
Atom and Starling Bank growing market share 

6.  https://www.imrg.org/data-and-reports/imrg-metapack-delivery-indexes/

mar-imrg-metapack-delivery-index-summary-february-2019/

7.  https://www.imrg.org/uploads/media/default/0001/08/2477f50ad2fee946cdf5ed23

ebb8df21f2489d09.pdf?st
Internal management estimates.

8. 
9.  https://www.gov.uk/cma-cases/post-office-limited-payzone-uk-limited-merger-inquiry
10. http://www.fasterpayments.org.uk/sites/default/files/Quarterly%20Statistical%20

Despite falling transaction volumes, PayPoint will work 
to maintain its leadership in this market and work to drive 
profitable growth opportunities supporting new entrants 
in the energy and banking space. Through MultiPay, and its 
improving range of services, PayPoint will facilitate growth 
of online bill payment transactions in selected verticals.

12. https://www.ofcom.org.uk/research-and-data/multi-sector-research/cmr/cmr-2018/

Report%202018%20Q4.pdf (2018 data pending)

interactive

11. https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/higher-wholesale-costs-push-

13. https://www.wired.co.uk/article/fintech-startups-taking-on-legacy-banks. Big four 

default-and-pre-payment-price-caps-april

are Barclays, Royal Bank of Scotland/NatWest, HSBC and Lloyds.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
08

Business 
model

Operating with a clear business model  
and capital discipline, we drive value to all 
stakeholders through our innovative products 
and services and our market-leading networks.

We help…

To…

Consumers
(millions)

Convenience retailers
(tens of thousands)

Business and public sector
(hundreds)

Conveniently  
make payments  
and collect parcels

Offer more services  
to their local 
community
Improve the 
performance  
of their business

Make it easy for their 
customers to pay  
bills and receive  
online purchases

PayPoint Annual Report 201909

How…

As a result we also 
deliver benefits to…

Offering specialist products  
and services

 • PayPoint One/EPoS
 • Collect+
 • MultiPay, eMoney
 • card payments
 • ATMs

Shareholders
Healthy margins  
and profitability
Strong cash generation 
and dividends
Investment in innovation

Our people
A good place to work, 
making a difference 
through our purpose

Across our market-leading retail 
network (and online)

 • 29,000 convenience stores in UK
 • 18,000 in Romania

All sharing our low-cost,  
scalable platform

 • differentiated and resilient 

technology

 • robust settlement system
 • 24/7 operations support
 • retailer support and management

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report10

Strategic 
framework

PayPoint’s strategy is to exploit the 
opportunities available from the market 
developments by leveraging our leading 
retailer network, scalable technology 
and payments platform. 

Strategic
priorities

Progress  
in 2018/19

1.  Embed PayPoint 
at the heart of 
convenience retail

PayPoint will continue to provide and 
develop new products and services 
which enhance our retailers’ offer to 
their customers and help them 
operate their businesses more 
effectively. Core to this priority is 
PayPoint One which includes EPoS 
and bill payment functionality and 
other products such as card 
payments and ATMs.

PayPoint One sites increased by a net 4,331 in the year to reach 12,881 by 31 March 
2019, ahead of the original target of 12,400. In the first quarter of 2018/19 our focus 
was on the roll out of EPoS Pro following its launch in January 2018 and at 31 March 
2019 it was in 645 sites. The average PayPoint One service fee remained stable at 
£15 per week. During the year the PayPoint wholesaler links into Booker and Nisa were 
developed and were in trial at selected retailers. An iOS version of the PayPoint One 
mobile app was released in January 2019 to complement the existing Android version.

Card payments sites declined by 456 to 9,796 driven by competitor activity in this 
highly competitive segment of the market. Card rebate revenue grew by 5.5% as 
card payment transactions increased by 20.1%, offsetting the decline in revenue per 
transaction due to lower average transaction values. The card net settlement feature 
is in pilot with early indications of success. This will enable retailers to offset their bill 
payment settlement to PayPoint against their card settlements thereby reducing 
their working capital requirements and cash banking costs. Card net settlement will 
be ready for roll out at scale following the go-live of the new Salesforce CRM lead to 
sales feature. 

The ATM estate declined by 319 sites due to our strategy to optimise capital 
expenditure. This strategy commenced in the current year with ATMs from low 
transacting sites being removed. Some of these ATMs were redeployed to more 
profitable sites with initial success evidenced by the 2.9% increase in transactions 
despite the general decline experienced in the wider market. Net revenue declined 
by £0.5 million (3.9%) due to LINK’s interchange rate reductions. The LINK Over-The-
Counter service (which enables cash withdrawals through the use of a pinpad 
integrated with the PayPoint terminal) is ready for its initial trial. 

PayPoint One estate

12,881

As at 31 March 2019

+4,331

sites

ATM estate

3,827

As at 31 March 2019

2.  PayPoint becomes  

the definitive 
parcel point 
solution

Online retail shopping will continue 
to grow as retailers enhance their 
offering with convenient delivery 
methods. Deliveries in the ‘last mile’ 
are difficult for carriers who are 
operating in a competitive low-margin 
market. Our extensive network, which 
comprises over 7,000 sites, brings 
carriers and retailers together for 
their, and their customers’ benefit.

We successfully transitioned to a multi-carrier proposition by signing up three of 
the UK’s largest carriers and eBay, the UK’s largest online marketplace. Our parcel 
proposition traded under the Collect+ brand which held its Trust Pilot score at 9.2. 
PayPoint maintained the operational effectiveness of its in-store service. Parcel 
volumes declined by 8.0% primarily due to lower volumes from our incumbent 
partner. A parcel app for retailers was launched in December 2018 which allows 
retailers to scan parcels away from their PayPoint terminal, improving both the 
retailer and customer experience.

Parcel proposition in

7,134

sites

Trust Pilot score

9.2

PayPoint Annual Report 201911

The strategy is executed through the four key 
priorities described in last year’s Annual Report. 
We have set out our progress and future ambition 
for each priority below. 

Ambitions  
for 2019/20

For the year ahead, our emphasis will be on ensuring consistent progress 
in revenue growth across all products. We intend to grow the PayPoint One 
estate by a further 3,000 sites to 15,800 sites and to trade-up a portion of 
the existing Base sites to Core and Pro EPoS versions. This, together with 
the annual indexation increase, will drive an improvement in the average 
weekly PayPoint One service fee per site. 

We will look to reverse the decline in the card payments estate through better 
sales force focus, roll out of the card net settlement feature and new pricing 
structures to attract new and retain existing retailers. 

The ATM estate will remain broadly flat as we use the existing ATM stock and 
optimise capital expenditure. A successful trial of the LINK Over-The-Counter 
service will enable future growth from this product.

Our focus for the next financial year is to transition from delivery of new 
partnerships to growing parcel volumes and revenue. Key to this will be 
strong delivery of customer service as volumes scale, thereby maintaining 
the Collect+ Trust Pilot score.

Risks  
and KPIs

Link to Risks
•  innovation and market 

changes 

•  culture
•  dependence on key 
clients and retailers
•  partners and suppliers
•  interruptions in processes 

and systems

•  legislation or regulatory 
reforms and risk of 
non-compliance
•  cyber security, data 

protection, resilience  
and business continuity 
•  attracting and retaining 

key talent

•  Brexit 

Link to KPIs
•  PayPoint One sites
•  PayPoint One average 
monthly fee per site
•  card payment sites
•  ATM sites

Link to Risks
•  innovation and market 

changes
•  culture
•  dependence on key  
clients and retailers
•  competitor activity
•  partners and suppliers 
•  interruptions in  

processes and systems

Link to KPIs
•  parcel sites
•  parcels processed

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report12

Strategic 
framework

continued

Strategic
priorities

Progress  
in 2018/19

3.  Sustain leadership 
in ‘pay-as-you-go’ 
and grow digital 
bill payments

UK
Over-the-counter payments will 
remain an important part of the UK 
economy and we will continue to 
retain our leadership in this market. 
This business remains highly cash 
generative and enables us to invest 
in future growth and innovation. 
We  intend to grow our presence in 
omnichannel payments by evolving 
the MultiPay platform offering and 
extending beyond the energy sector. 

Romania
Romania is an important growth driver 
for PayPoint. Its technology platform, 
network strength and brand 
recognition make it uniquely placed 
as the Romanian market evolves. 
This evolution will include, over time, 
growth in automated, digital, parcel 
and card payments solutions. Cash 
bill payments remain a mass market 
proposition and will continue to be 
a robust category.

4.  Innovate future 

growth and profits

To maintain PayPoint’s competitive 
advantage we must continually 
innovate, drive new products and 
services, improve the retailer 
experience and increase efficiency. 

UK
Bill payment (including MultiPay), top-up and eMoney transactions declined by  
6.4% to 361.7 million. This was partially offset by the 5.4% improvement in average net 
revenue per transaction. The improved margin was driven by growth in small clients’ 
transactions. 21 new clients went live including Monzo Bank which has over one million 
customers. eMoney transactions grew by 11.4% to 7.8 million. The MultiPay platform 
continued to grow strongly, increasing transactions by 40.7% to 27.3 million. The 
MultiPay platform now has a new direct debit feature. This enables the service to be 
extended to other sectors; a new housing association client has already been secured.

eMoney transactions

MultiPay platform transactions

7.8m

27.3m

For the year ended 31 March 2019

For the year ended 31 March 2019

+11.4%

+40.7%

Romania
Romania continued to progress with the Payzone integration with over 1,500 of 
Payzone’s highest transacting retailers choosing to migrate to the PayPoint platform 
driving improved margins. PayPoint maintained its leadership in the country with 
27 new clients launched and keeping its 80% consumer awareness. Transactions in 
Romania increased by 16.4% to 112.2 million with the share of client bill payments 
steady at 34% (2018: 34%). The card payment service was available in 1,300 sites 
at 31 March 2019.

PayPoint maintained leadership

27

new clients launched

80%

consumer awareness

Romanian transactions

112.2m

For the year ended 31 March 2019

+16.4%

Achievements in the year are addressed in the three priorities above but are repeated 
here for convenience and include:
•  launched an iOS mobile app for PayPoint One to complement the existing Android 

app which enables retailers to manage their stores remotely 

•  developed and launched a pilot for card payments net settlement feature allowing 
offset of bill payments cash due from retailers against funds due to retailers for 
card payments. This reduces retailers’ working capital requirements and cash 
banking costs

•  developed the LINK Over-The-Counter service which is ready to commence its 

initial trial

•  launched a parcel app enabling retailers to scan parcels away from the PayPoint One 

terminal which improves customer service at check-out

•  MultiPay was enhanced with a direct debit payment feature extending the capabilities 
beyond card payment via app, web or text. This also enables the digital platform to 
be used outside of the energy sector 

PayPoint Annual Report 201913

Risks  
and KPIs

Link to Risks
•  innovation and  
market changes

•  culture
•  dependence on key  
clients and retailers
•  competitor activity
•  partners and suppliers
•  interruptions in  

processes and systems

Link to KPIs
•  transaction value
•  transactions processed

Ambitions  
for 2019/20

UK
PayPoint’s intentions are to maintain 
leadership in this sector. This will be 
achieved by renewing key contracts 
with existing clients and targeting 
new clients specifically in the housing 
(MultiPay) and eMoney sectors. 
We anticipate existing challenger 
energy and bank providers will 
continue to take market share from 
the incumbents and mobile top-up 
transaction values will increase. These 
trends are expected to partially offset 
the net revenue impact from reducing 
transaction volumes.

Romania
We intend to continue to grow 
PayPoint’s share of client bill 
payments and continue to secure 
new clients. Focus will also be on 
profitability by improving the margins 
on transactions and from the Payzone 
integration. PayPoint will commence 
with the development of a new 
terminal which will replace the legacy 
T2 terminal over time. The card 
payment solution will also be 
extended to a further 500 sites. 

PayPoint will continue to invest in its 
PayPoint One product enabling it to 
meet growing retailer requirements 
and prepare for future products and 
services. We will also extend the data 
analytics capabilities which will, in 
time, provide further insight for 
retailers to enable them to manage 
their stores even more effectively.

Link to Risks
•  innovation and  
market changes

•  culture
•  attracting and  

retaining key talent 

Organisation and service delivery

Underpinning PayPoint’s future success is the 
continued development and investment in our 
people, systems and organisation with the aim 
to create an efficient and high-performance 
based culture with focus on empowerment, 
engagement and customer service. 

Progress in 2018/19
In the year, the workflow feature of Salesforce 
CRM was launched. This manages the process 
from acceptance of an order to installation of 
services at the retailer and increased installation 
capacity levels by 40%. New customer service 
systems and policies were implemented which 
reduced both retailers’ time in automated call 
handling systems by c.80% and time to resolve 
retailers’ claims for refunds by c.70%. Finally, 
legacy terminal maintenance and repairs were 
transferred in-house which has improved our 
control over repairs whilst reducing costs by 
£0.2 million in the year.

Ambition for 2019/20
A cornerstone to delivery of PayPoint’s 
strategy is the continued development of 
Salesforce CRM sales lead to sale feature. 
This will enable paperless sign up supported 
by a system driven workflow. This will improve 
data accuracy and will ultimately further reduce 
timeframes from prospecting to installation. 
Included in the Salesforce CRM development 
is a new billing engine which will also replace 
existing manual processes and speed up and 
simplify delivery of retailers’ invoices. 

We will also work with retailers to design a 
new multi-platform self-service portal. This 
will replace several existing separate portals. 
Ultimately, this will improve our retailers’ 
experience and reduce their need to call 
the contact centre team.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report14

Chief 
Executive’s 
statement

Since joining PayPoint 
on 1 March 2019, I have 
spent considerable time 
with retailers, clients, 
external stakeholders 
and PayPoint employees.

Patrick Headon
Chief Executive

PayPoint has a 
strong and scalable 
business model 

Four themes have come across 
clearly in these meetings: 
•  PayPoint has a strong and scalable 
business model. It plays a vital role 
in communities across the UK and 
Romania and has a strong record 
of generating sustainable returns 
for shareholders 

•  foundations for future growth are now 
established following the first stage of 
the PayPoint One roll out, the securing 
of new parcel carrier relationships and 
the continued adoption of our 
innovative products, such as MultiPay 
•  there are significant changes occurring 

in the sectors in which PayPoint 
operates, which presents both 
substantial opportunities and exciting 
challenges. To optimise performance, 
the business will need to adapt further 
and move quickly 

•  PayPoint is fortunate to have highly 
committed employees who are 
focused on delivering innovative 
products and services to our 
customers 

Looking ahead, I have a number of 
early priorities. These include a strong 
focus on delivering good growth in 
retail services. We also need to improve 
customer service further. The continuing 
development of Salesforce CRM will 
support that objective. Finally, as well 
as executing the existing strategic 
initiatives, we will look at how we can 
add more value to the business.

2018/19 performance
Over the past 12 months, underlying net 
revenue1 grew by £2.2 million (2.0%) to 
£115.9 million. Growth was driven by 
UK retail services, which now represents 
32% of Group net revenue, and Romania. 
Service fee revenue exceeded £10 
million for the first time as PayPoint One 
was rolled out to 12,881 sites ahead 
of the original target of 12,400 sites; 
a significant achievement for this new 
product. Our parcel business added 
three of the UK’s largest carriers as 
well as eBay, which is the UK’s largest 
online marketplace. UK bill payments 
and top-ups revenue demonstrated 
continued resilience in the face of the 
current decline in cash payments in 
the UK. Reported net revenue, which 
reflects the expected £5.2 million 
headwinds from the Department for 
Work and Pensions (DWP) SPS service 
closure and the impact of the revised 
Yodel commercial terms, decreased 
by £3.0 million to £116.6 million.

1.  Refer to note 4 for a reconciliation to underlying net 

revenue.

PayPoint Annual Report 201915

This financial year we grew pre-tax profits 
before exceptional items by £0.9 million 
(1.6%) to £53.8 million, in line with the 
expectations we set in our 2017/18 
Annual Report. There was an additional 
benefit of £0.9 million included in reported 
pre-tax profits of £54.7 million relating 
to the PayByPhone business disposal 
in 2016. Reported profit before tax 
grew by 3.3% with diluted earnings per 
share also increasing by 3.3% to 64.8 
pence. PayPoint remains highly cash 
generative with profit before tax of 
£54.7 million converted into £62.8 million 
cash. Net corporate cash declined by 
£15.0 million to £3.5 million as a result 
of the additional dividend programme. 

UNDERLYING NET 
REVENUE GREW BY 
£2.2 MILLION

For 2019, the Board is proposing a final 
dividend of 23.6 pence per share and an 
additional dividend of 18.4 pence per 
share which reflects our confidence in the 
business and the outlook for 2019/20.

Outlook 
In the past financial year our performance 
was driven by revenue growth in 
PayPoint One, MultiPay and Romania, 
resilience in bill payments and strong 
cost control. We also benefited from a 
non-recurring £2.4 million from improved 
VAT recoverability, relating to prior 
years. The improvement in profit before 
tax was delivered despite significant 
revenue headwinds from the closure of 
the DWP SPS service (£4.2 million) and 
the second year impact from the Yodel 
commercial negotiation (£1.0 million). 

Delivery of the financial result for the year 
ending 31 March 2020 requires revenue 
growth across PayPoint One, MultiPay, 
Romania and Parcels, as we scale up with 
our new partnerships as well as continued 
resilience in bill payments and vigilance 
on costs. Despite the final year impact 
of the Yodel renegotiation (£0.7 million), 
investment in customer service and 
improved business efficiency (£2 million) 
and the uncertain broader economic 
environment, the Board is confident that 
there will be a progression in profit before 
tax for the year ending 31 March 2020.

Patrick Headon
Chief Executive
22 May 2019

Profit before tax (excluding 
exceptional items)

£53.8m 
+1.6%

(2018: £52.9m)

Diluted earnings per share

64.8p 
+3.3%

(2018: 62.7p)

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report16

Strategy in action

Your store, 
in your pocket

PayPoint One

Our goal is to help our retail 
partners reduce costs, save 
time and increase profits. 
Implementing a cutting-edge 
Retail Management solution 
like PayPoint One can deliver 
instant benefits for retailers 
and the services they offer that 
translate to the bottom line and 
all with no upfront cost. 

By using PayPoint One’s unique 
reporting functionality, retailers 
can define their own reports to 
gain valuable insights into sales 
and margins, helping them to 
manage product ranges and 
drive real impact into their 
business. 

Emma Allen
Head of Retail Products

Strategic priority

Innovating for 
future growth 
and profits

Consumers increasingly want greater 
convenience, variety and choice, 
whether shopping online or closer to 
home. Coupled with this, independent 
retailers are facing growing costs, 
competition and the need to keep up 
with changes in industry demands.

PayPoint One, the future-proof 
EPoS system, takes these needs into 
consideration and allows retailers to 
offer everything a modern convenience 
store needs from one device. Whether 
offering integrated card payments, 
bill payments, parcel services, or 
providing real-time stock updates to 
drive business insights and maximise 
sales, PayPoint One has delivered 
for thousands of retailers already. 

Ken Singh, of Mill Hill Store in Pontefract, 
concluded that thanks to PayPoint One, 
he noted the following:
•  sales up and blended margin increased 

by +20%

•  his time freed up by 50% to focus on 

other tasks 

•  refinement of restocking process to 

increase sales

“It has more features than any other 
EPoS system I’ve used in the past and 
is more advanced.”

Earlier this year, the Android-based 
platform was supplemented by an iOS 
app, meaning that PayPoint One is now 
available on the two most popular mobile 
operating systems. The app provides the 
tools and real-time insights for retailers 
to grow their business wherever they are.

PayPoint Annual Report 201917

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Shareholder informationFinancial statementsGovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019 
18

Chief 
Executive’s 
Q&A

Q&A 

Patrick Headon
Chief Executive

I am committed to 
delivering positive 
outcomes for all 
stakeholders 

Q
A

What attracted you to PayPoint?

A combination of the unique business 
opportunity and the people. Right 
from the start, I was impressed by the 
Company’s business model and purpose. 
In particular, I see significant opportunity 
across the three business streams 
– PayPoint One, parcels and payments 
– where my professional experience will 
help me develop these opportunities 
further. I also felt at ease with the values 
and culture of the business. I wanted to 
work with the people I met at PayPoint 
before I’d started and that’s still the case!

Q

What do you view as the Company’s 
key strengths?

A

Again, I would have to start with the 
people. There is a collaborative culture 
at PayPoint which is focused on pulling 
together to find new innovative ways to 
drive the business forward. In addition, we 
have a strong and unrivalled network of 
thousands of convenience retailers which 
has been developed over the years. We 
also have a unique and scalable payments 
infrastructure, which can handle all types 
of cash and digital payments. This unique 
combination allows us to provide vital 
everyday services to the communities 
in the UK and Romania. 

Q

How would you summarise the 
performance of the business in 2019?

A

We had a robust financial performance in 
2019 which provides a good platform for 
future growth. The team’s focus has been 
on rolling out PayPoint One to almost 
13,000 sites, signing up our new parcel 
partnerships, developing MultiPay, all 
whilst maintaining our leadership in bill 
payments. This gives us a strong base 
for further growth in the coming years.

PayPoint Annual Report 201919

Q

As CEO, how do you plan to lead 
PayPoint? What is your leadership 
style?

A

My style is to draw on the insights and 
experience of the whole team, as well as 
my own, to arrive at the best outcome. 
I strongly believe behaviours are vital in 
any organisation. I will, therefore, look to 
hold myself and my team to the highest 
standards and ensure these are followed 
throughout the whole organisation. Finally, 
I build strong relationships internally and 
with other stakeholders to ensure there is 
a high degree of alignment and we deliver 
positive outcomes together.

Q

PayPoint’s purpose is to help make a 
positive difference to people’s lives. 
How do your personal values align 
with this?

A

PayPoint was founded to make life easier 
for some of those in society who need 
the most help. PayPoint also helps 
convenience retailers serve their local 
communities better. It’s a great example 
of business being a force for good. This is 
something that I have always looked for 
throughout my career. 

Q

What are your priorities for the year 
ahead?

Q

What do you see as the main market 
opportunities going forward?

A

I have a number of early priorities. These 
include a strong focus on delivering good 
growth in retail services. We also need to 
improve customer service further. The 
continuing development of Salesforce 
CRM will support that objective. 

Q

Do you have any intentions of 
changing the current strategy?

A

There is a significant opportunity to drive 
further growth from our retail services 
offering through developing the PayPoint 
One and parcel products, increasing the 
penetration of the card payments and by 
achieving a substantial improvement in 
our service delivery to retail and client 
partners. As well as executing the existing 
strategic initiatives, we will look at how we 
can add even more value to the business.

A

The three businesses we operate in, 
namely EPoS solutions, parcels and 
payments, are attractive markets, 
each providing PayPoint with growth 
opportunities. PayPoint One and our 
EPoS solutions are right at the heart of 
convenience retail and we will continue 
to add more services to help convenience 
retailers run their business more 
efficiently. With our new parcel 
partnerships, we will be able to offer 
more convenient pick up and drop offs 
for consumers. Finally, through MultiPay 
we will be able offer digital payments to 
clients in new sectors such as housing. 

Q

Lastly, what is your message to 
PayPoint’s stakeholders?

A

I am excited to have taken on the role 
of CEO at this point in the Company’s 
journey. I am committed to delivering 
positive outcomes for all stakeholders 
through delivery of the growth in the 
three areas I have outlined above. As a 
result, convenience retailers can be more 
successful and offer more services to 
their local communities, employees will be 
more engaged and we will deliver strong 
returns to shareholders. 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report20

Strategy in action

Collection at 
your convenience

Parcels

The number one objective within 
the PayPoint parcels business is 
to continue to develop our key 
role in the eCommerce world. 
This is a multi-carrier world, 
where shoppers will buy from 
multiple sites and expect 
deliveries via several courier 
companies to one convenient 
location.

By working with the UK’s largest 
online retailers, marketplaces 
and carriers, the Collect+ store 
network is uniquely placed to 
provide an open access network 
of locations to fulfil that need. 

Gary Winter
Parcels Director

Strategic priority

Become the 
definitive parcel 
point solution

With consumer habits ever changing, 
convenience is becoming key to their 
everyday lives. More people than ever 
are using online shopping and now, 
with Click and Collect, consumers 
have the freedom to choose a time 
and a place to have their shopping 
delivered including from one of 7,000 
Collect+ retailers across the UK. 

The last 12 months have seen a number 
of key milestones for Collect+. December 
2018 saw the launch of the Collect+ 
StoreScan app. Available on Android 
and iOS, the app allows retailers to scan 
parcels in and out with their mobile 
device leaving the counter free to 
serve customers. PayPoint announced 
partnerships with major brands including 
eBay and were also named winners of 
the Metapack Award for Best Domestic 
or International Delivery Options.

With a Trustpilot score of 9.2, 
consumers are enjoying the flexibility 
to collect/return their orders at a 
time that is convenient to them.

Robert Murdoch, a Collect+ customer 
from Warrington, commented: ”The 
parcel got there in good time and all 
was well. Cannot fault them at this 
time and am more than happy with 
an easy process, reasonable price 
and good all-round service.”

Lyn Jones, from Cefn Mawr in North 
Wales, said: ”It was the first time that 
I used the service. I did so with a little 
trepidation but I certainly need not 
have worried and was reassured on 
what would happen to my parcel 
by the lovely lady in the store.”

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Strategy in action

Collection at 

your convenience

21

Shareholder informationFinancial statementsGovernanceStrategic ReportPayPoint Annual Report 201922

Key 
performance 
indicators1

PayPoint has identified the following 
KPIs to measure progress of our 
strategic priorities.

1.  All these KPIs are non-IFRS measures or alternative performance measures (‘APMs’). 
The definitions, calculations and reconciliations of all APMs (including these KPIs) 
to IFRS are set out within the APMs section on page 103.

Financial

Net revenue

£116.6m 
-2.5%

Operating margin

46.3% 
+1.6ppts

Cash generation

£62.8m 
-7.5%

PayPoint One sites

12,881 
+50.7%

18/19

17/18

16/17

116.6

18/19

119.6

17/18

117.5

16/17

46.3

18/19

44.7

17/18

45.3

16/17

62.8

18/19

12,881

67.9

17/18

8,550

62.1

16/17

3,601

Description and purpose
Revenue less commissions paid 
to retailers and the cost of mobile 
top-ups and SIM cards where 
PayPoint is principal. This reflects 
the benefit attributable to PayPoint’s 
performance eliminating pass-through 
costs and is an important measure of 
the overall success of our strategy.

Description and purpose
Operating profit before exceptional 
items as a percentage of net 
revenue. Operating margin provides 
a broad overview of the efficient and 
effective management of the cost 
base enabling shareholder returns 
and investment in the business.

Description and purpose
Earnings before exceptional items, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation 
adjusted for corporate working capital 
movements (excludes movement in 
clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits). 
This represents the cash generated by 
operations which is available for capex, 
taxation and dividend payments. 

Description and purpose
The number, at the reporting date, 
of retailer sites in which at least one 
PayPoint One terminal was operational. 
A site may have more than one terminal 
(multiple lanes). This provides a 
measure of the extent of our network 
into which services and features can 
be sold, driving future growth.

PayPoint One average 
weekly fee per site

£15.1 
+1.5%

18/19

17/18

16/17

Card payment net revenue

ATM net revenue

£7.9m 
+5.5% 

£12.3m 
-3.9%

Strategic focus  1

Parcel sites

7,134 
-4.1%

18/19

17/18

16/17

15.1

14.9

14.2

7.9

18/19

7.5

17/18

7.0

16/17

12.3

18/19

12.8

17/18

13.1

16/17

7,134

7,436

6,167

Description and purpose
The average weekly service fee across 
all PayPoint One sites based on the 
PayPoint One devices in store at 
the reporting date. This provides a 
measure of the weekly value derived 
from PayPoint One and EPoS services 
from each PayPoint One site.

Description and purpose
Card payment net revenue 
represents the rebate earned from 
card transactions processed by 
retailers through PayPoint’s card 
payment service. This is an important 
measure of the overall success 
of our card payment solution.

Description and purpose
ATM net revenue represents the fees 
earned less the commissions paid 
to retailers from consumers using 
PayPoint’s ATMs located inside a 
retailer’s store. This is an important 
measure of the overall success of 
our ATM product. Fees are earned 
from either interchange fees (from 
free-to-use ATMs) or surcharge fees 
(from pay-to-use ATMs) from cash 
withdrawals and balance enquiries.

Description and purpose 
The number, at the reporting date, of 
sites where the parcel proposition was 
enabled on PayPoint terminals. This 
currently represents the number of 
Collect+ branded sites. This provides 
an indication of the coverage of 
our network with a larger coverage 
being more attractive to clients and 
consumers wanting to use the product.

Strategic focus  1

Strategic focus  1

Strategic focus  1

Strategic focus  2

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Strategic focus
1   Embed PayPoint at the heart of convenience retail
2   PayPoint becomes the definitive parcel solution
3   Sustain leadership in ‘pay-as-you-go’ and grow digital bill payments
4   Innovate future growth and profits

23

Non-financial

Parcels processed

21.8m 
-8.0%

Transaction value

Transactions processed

Employee turnover

£9,237m 
+0.4%

472.7m 
-1.9%

25.9% 
-0.9ppts

18/19

17/18

16/17

21.8

18/19

23.7

17/18

23.3

16/17

9,237

18/19

9,201

17/18

9,222

16/17

472.7

18/19

482.1

17/18

499.4

16/17

25.9

26.8

29.0

Description and purpose
The number of parcels processed 
and registered through a PayPoint 
terminal or mobile app. Parcel 
volume provides a measure of the 
source of revenue where revenue 
is earned on a per parcel basis.

Description and purpose
The value of bill payment (including 
MultiPay), top-up and eMoney 
transactions processed via our 
terminals or MultiPay platform where 
PayPoint provides the collection and 
settlement of funds. Transaction 
value provides a measure of the extent 
of the service PayPoint provides to 
clients. In certain instances, it also 
provides a measure of the source of 
revenue where revenue is based on a 
percentage of the transaction value.

Description and purpose
The number of bill payment 
(including MultiPay), top-up and 
eMoney transactions processed 
in the year on our terminals or 
MultiPay platform. Transactions 
processed provides a measure 
of the source of revenue which is 
earned on a per transaction basis.

Strategic focus  2

Strategic focus  3

Strategic focus  3

Description and purpose
The number of permanent employees 
who left during the year divided by 
average total permanent employees. 
Labour turnover provides an indication 
of employee job satisfaction.

Net revenue per transaction

Diluted earnings per share

Dividends paid per share

PayPoint sites

16.4p 
+3.3%

64.8p 
+3.3%

82.9p
+1.2%

46,901 
-5.5%

18/19

17/18

16/17

16.4

18/19

15.9

17/18

14.7

16/17

64.8

62.7

18/19

17/18

82.9

82.0

18/19

17/18

46,901

49,628

87.2

16/17

115.2

16/17

40,478

Description and purpose
The net revenue earned from bill 
payments (including MultiPay, 
excluding SPS), top-ups and eMoney 
divided by the annual number of 
transactions processed on our 
terminals and MultiPay platform. 
This provides an indication of 
profitability per transaction. 

Description and purpose
Diluted earnings divided by the 
weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the 
year (including potentially dilutive 
ordinary shares). Earnings per 
share is a measure of the profit 
attributable to each share.

Description and purpose
Dividends (ordinary and additional) 
paid during the financial year divided 
by number of ordinary shares in 
issue at reporting date. Dividends 
paid per share provides a measure 
of the return to shareholders.

Description and purpose
The number, at reporting date, 
of retailer sites which have at 
least one PayPoint One or legacy 
terminal or PPoS terminal which is 
operational. This provides the extent 
of PayPoint’s network in which 
PayPoint services are available to 
retailers, clients and consumers.

Strategic focus  3

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report24

Financial 
review

Year ended 31 March (£m)

Net revenue

UK retail services
UK bill payments and top-ups
Romania

Total net revenue

Costs
Profit before exceptional items and tax
Profit before tax
Cash generation 
Net corporate cash

2019 

2018

Change %

 37.8 
 64.9 
 13.9 

 37.7 
 70.0 
 11.9 

 116.6 

 119.6 

 62.8 
 53.8 
 54.7 
 62.8 
 3.5 

 66.6 
 52.9 
 52.9 
 67.9 
 18.5 

0.4%
(7.3%)
16.8%

(2.5%)

(5.7%)
1.6%
3.3%
(7.5%)
(81.3%)

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director

Underlying pre-tax profits 
grew by 11.3%

Overview
Profit before exceptional items and 
tax of £53.8 million reflects headwinds 
of £5.2 million from the closure of the 
DWP SPS service and the renegotiation 
of the Yodel commercial arrangement. 
It also includes a one-off benefit from 
improved VAT recovery of £2.4 million. 
Excluding these items underlying 
pre-tax profits grew by 11.3%.1 

Profit before tax of £54.7 million includes 
an exceptional item of £0.9 million 
relating to a provision release which was 
held against potential liabilities arising 
from the disposal of the PayByPhone 
business in the 2016/17 financial year. 
These are no longer considered probable 
and have been reported separately as 
an exceptional item to distinguish it 
from our underlying performance. 

Net revenue decreased by £3.0 million 
to £116.6 million but reflects headwinds 
of £5.2 million as mentioned above. 
Underlying net revenue2 which excludes 
these items increased by £2.2 million 
(2.0%) driven by growth in UK service 
fee revenue and Romania supported 
by a good performance in the UK bill 
payments and top-up businesses. 

UK retail services delivered underlying 
net revenue growth of £1.1 million (3.2%) 
after adjusting the £1.0 million impact in 
the current year from the renegotiation 
of the Yodel commercial arrangement. 
The growth was from increased service 
fee revenue driven by the roll out of 
PayPoint One to a further 4,331 sites.

1.  Refer to note 8 for a reconciliation to profit before tax.
2.  Refer to note 4 for a reconciliation to underlying net 

revenue.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
25

UK bill payments and top-up businesses 
delivered net revenue of £64.9 million 
(2018: £70.0 million), a decline of 
£5.1 million from the prior year, however 
this includes the £4.2 million impact from 
the closure of the DWP SPS service. 
Excluding this, underlying net revenue 
declined by 1.3% which was less than 
the 6.4% decline in transaction volumes. 
The anticipated decline in transaction 
volumes was mitigated by margin 
improvement driven by continued focus 
on adding new smaller clients with higher 
yields. The digital payments platform, 
MultiPay, continued to grow robustly, 
with transactions increasing by 40.7% 
to 27.3 million and eMoney transactions 
also increased by 0.8 million (or 11.4%) 
to 7.8 million.

In Romania transactions grew by 
15.8 million (16.4%) to 112.2 million. 
The integration of Payzone continued 
to progress and is evidenced by the net 
revenue per transaction fee of 12.3 pence 
remaining flat despite including a full 
year of Payzone which historically had a 
much lower net revenue per transaction 
rate. Net revenue grew by 16.8% to 
£13.9 million (2018: £11.9 million). 
Payzone was acquired in October 
2017 and therefore was included in the 
comparative figures for only six months.

Costs decreased by £3.8 million to 
£62.8 million which includes a £2.4 million 
(2018: £1.5 million) VAT benefit related to 
prior years. This benefit stems from the 
enhancement of VAT recovery and has an 
estimated ongoing benefit of £0.7 million. 
Depreciation and amortisation declined by 
£0.7 million as assets reached the end of 
their useful lives. Other cost reductions of 
£1.0 million were driven from sustainable 
efficiencies from the implementation of 
a new interactive voice response system, 
reorganisation to implement the agile 
development programme and bringing 
legacy terminal maintenance and repairs 
in-house. Underlying costs which exclude 
the VAT benefits declined by 4.2%.

Cash generation declined by £5.1 million 
to £62.8 million. As highlighted in last 
year’s Annual Report, the 2017/18 year 
included a working capital timing benefit 
of £3.4 million reflecting VAT receipts 
from clients received in advance of the 
net payment to HMRC as a result of 
the tribunal ruling. In the current year a 
net payment of £2.1 million was made 
to the HMRC. Excluding this, working 
capital improved by £2.5 million driven by 
improved focus on debtor collections.

Net corporate cash declined by £15.0 million to £3.5 million as a result of the additional 
dividend programme. The financing facility of £75 million was unutilised at 31 March 
2019, but was used during the year where borrowings peaked at £12 million.  

Sector analysis
We have continued to evolve the disclosures this year with additional emphasis being 
placed on key drivers of business performance for each of our main operating sectors: 
namely, UK retail services, UK bill payments, UK top-ups and eMoney and our Romanian 
operations.

UK retail services
UK retail services are services PayPoint provides to retailers which form part of 
PayPoint’s networks. Services include providing the PayPoint One platform (which has 
a basic till application), EPoS, ATMs, card payments, parcels, money transfer and SIMs. 

Year ended 31 March

Number of retailers
PayPoint terminal sites (no.)

PayPoint One1 
Legacy (T2)
PPoS2 

Total sites

Services in sites (no.)
PayPoint One Base
EPoS Core
EPoS Pro
Card payments
ATMs
Parcels

Transactions (millions)

Card payments
ATMs
Parcels

PayPoint One average weekly service fee 
per site (£)
Net revenue (£m)

Service fees
Card payments rebate
ATM
Parcels and other

Total net revenue (£m)

2019

20183

Change %

 17,608 

 17,812 

(1.1%)

 12,881 
 7,000 
 8,554 

 8,550
 11,980 
 8,584 

50.7%
(41.6%)
(0.3%)

 28,435 

 29,114 

(2.3%)

 6,337 
 5,899 
 645 
 9,796 
 3,827 
 7,134 

 113.5 
 42.1 
 21.8 

 3,718 
 4,678 
 154 
 10,252 
 4,146 
 7,436 

 94.5 
 40.9 
 23.7 

66.9%
28.9%
318.8%
(4.4%)
(7.7%)
(4.1%)

20.1%
2.9%
(8.0%)

 15.1

14.9 

1.5%

 10.3 
 7.9 
 12.3 
 7.3 

 37.8 

 7.7 
 7.5 
 12.8 
 9.7 

 37.7 

33.6%
5.5%
(3.9%)
(24.4%)

0.4%

1.  PayPoint One will replace the legacy terminal and is the platform from which we can grow our retail services by offering 

additional products and services.

2.  PPoS is a plug-in device and virtual PayPoint terminal used on larger retailers’ own EPoS systems who wish to use 

PayPoint services.

3.  The 2018 figures included 450 Ireland sites.

As at 31 March 2019, PayPoint had a terminal in 28,435 UK sites, a reduction of 679 from 
31 March 2018 reflecting the closure of the Ireland network which had 450 terminals on 
31 March 2018. The PayPoint One roll-out continued resulting in PayPoint One sites 
increasing by 4,331 to 12,881 and, as a consequence, the number of UK sites with the 
legacy terminal reduced by 4,530 to 7,000. The sun-setting of the legacy terminal 
remains on track through specific geographical cohorts and a planned service fee 
increase for the legacy terminal early in 2020.

UK retail services underlying net revenue increased by £1.1 million 3.2% to £37.8 million 
excluding the impact of £1.0 million from the revised commercial terms with Yodel. As 
presented in the prior year, the net revenue of each of our key products is separately 
addressed below.

Service fees: This is a core growth area and consists of service fees from PayPoint One 
and our legacy terminal. As PayPoint One extends further into our existing network 
together with moving retailers up the EPoS value chain, service fees will become a 
significant revenue item. In the current year, service fee revenue increased by £2.6 million 
(33.6%) to £10.3 million driven by the additional 4,331 PayPoint One sites. The PayPoint 
One average weekly fee per site was broadly stable at £15. Retailers taking the Core 
version of the product represent 45.8% (2018: 54.7%) of all PayPoint One sites and the 
Pro version representing 5.0% (2018: 1.8%).

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
26

Financial 
review

continued

UK bill and general1
Bill and general is our most established category and consists of prepaid energy, bill 
payments and CashOut services.

Year ended 31 March

Total transactions (millions)
Of which: MultiPay transactions (millions)
Transaction value (£m)
Net revenue (£m)
Net revenue per transaction (pence)2

2019

2018

Change %

 317.2 
 27.3 
 6,390.2 
 47.8 
 15.1 

 334.2 
 19.4 
 6,717.6 
 52.3 
 14.4 

(5.1%)
40.7%
(4.9%)
(8.6%)
4.7%

UK bill and general net revenue declined by 0.6% (£0.3 million) to £47.8 million excluding 
the impact of £4.2 million from the closure of the DWP SPS service. The impact of the 
5.1% (17.0 million) decline in transaction volumes was offset by an improved mix of 
smaller but higher yielding clients which drove the net revenue per transaction up by 
0.7 pence (4.7%). MultiPay continued to grow strongly, transactions increased by 
7.9 million (40.7%) to 27.3 million and net revenue by 48.3% to £3.5 million. 

UK top-ups and eMoney
Top-ups include transactions where consumers can top up their mobiles, prepaid debit 
cards and lottery tickets. This sector also includes eMoney transactions where PayPoint 
provides the physical network for consumers to convert cash into electronic funds with 
online organisations. 

Year ended 31 March

Transactions (millions)
Of which: eMoney transactions (millions)
Transaction value (£m)
Net revenue (£m)
Net revenue per transaction (pence)

2019

2018

Change %

 44.5 
 7.8 
 607.0 
 17.1 
 38.7 

 52.2 
 7.0 
 639.1 
 17.7 
 33.9 

(14.8%)
11.4%
(5.0%)
(3.3%)
14.2%

UK top-ups continued to be affected by market trends whereby UK prepay mobile 
transactions are being displaced by direct debit pay monthly options. UK top-up 
transactions declined by 7.7 million to 44.5 million. The impact of the lower level of 
transactions on net revenue was offset by the increased average top-up transaction 
values and growth in eMoney transactions of 11.4%. eMoney transactions derive a 
substantially higher fee per transaction than traditional top-up transactions. 

ATMs: Transactions increased by 2.9% 
to 42.1 million despite the overall decline 
experienced across the LINK network. 
This was achieved through optimisation 
of PayPoint’s ATM network by relocating 
existing machines to better performing 
locations. ATM net revenue declined by 
£0.5 million (3.9%) due to the reduction 
of LINK’s interchange fee and to a lesser 
extent by an increased share of non-
surcharge machines from which there is a 
lower net revenue rate per transaction. 

Card payment rebate: Card payment 
transaction volumes grew by 20.1% to 
113.5 million, benefitting from the market 
trend of growing card payments, in 
particular contactless payments. Across 
our network 9,796 retailers were using the 
card payment solution, 456 sites lower 
than the prior year, driven by competitor 
activity in the convenience market. Net 
revenue increased by 5.5% to £7.9 million, 
with the increased number of transactions 
being offset by lower average transaction 
values due to the growth in contactless 
payments. PayPoint’s revenue rebate 
is broadly based on a percentage of 
the transaction value processed. 

Parcels and other: Parcel volumes 
declined by 8.0% to 21.8 million due 
to lower volumes from our incumbent 
partner. This was slightly offset by 
volumes from new parcel partners which 
joined the network in the second half 
of the year. The strategy to expand 
the parcel service to other partners 
was achieved by renegotiating Yodel’s 
commercial arrangement which had 
£1.0 million net revenue impact in the 
current year. Other services provided 
include SIM sales, money transfer 
services and other ad hoc items. SIM sales 
continue to be affected by the overall 
decline in the mobile top-up market.

1.   Ireland is included in the 2018 figures and in the 2019 figures up to 31 October 2018 when Ireland ceased operations.
2.  Prior year net revenue per transaction excludes the impact of the £4.2 million from the closure of the SPS service. 

This revenue was not based on transaction levels.

PayPoint Annual Report 201927

Romania
The Romanian business comprises mainly of bill payments and top-ups operating on a 
similar basis to our UK business. Cash payment remains a mass market proposition in the 
country and is expected to be the dominant payment method for the medium term. 

Year ended 31 March

PayPoint terminal sites (no.)
Transaction value (£m)
Transactions (millions)

Bill payments
Top-ups
Other

Total transactions

Net revenue (£m)
Net revenue per transaction (pence)

2019

2018

Change %

 18,466 
 2,312 

 20,514 
 1,913 

(10.0%)
20.9%

 99.1 
 11.9 
 1.2 

 112.2 

 13.9 
 12.3 

 85.3 
 10.4 
 0.7 

 96.4 

 11.9 
 12.3 

16.2%
14.4%
71.4%

16.4%

16.8%
0.0%

Romania’s transactions grew by 15.8 million (16.4%) to 112.2 million helped by the 
inclusion of Payzone for the full year. Payzone was acquired in October 2017 which 
added over 10,000 sites to the network. Romania’s net revenue per transaction remained 
flat at 12.3 pence per transaction with the inherited lower per transaction rate from 
Payzone offset by the migration of 1,500 Payzone retailers onto the PayPoint platform 
where client rates are higher for bill payment and top-up transactions. Romania’s 
reduced by 2,048 as part of management’s focus to optimise the network by removing 
low-performing sites.

Costs

Year ended 31 March (£m)

Other costs of revenue
Depreciation and amortisation
Administrative costs
Finance costs

Total costs

Add back VAT recovery benefit related  
to prior years

Underlying costs

2019

 9.0 
 9.8 
 43.8 
 0.2 

 62.8 

2.4 

65.2 

2018

Change %

 9.4 
 10.5 
 46.2 
 0.5 

 66.6 

1.5 

68.1 

(4.6%)
(7.3%)
(4.8%)
(69.1%)

(5.7%)

60.0%

(4.2%)

Operating margin 
Operating margin2 of 46.3% (2018: 
44.7%) improved by 1.6ppts and has 
benefitted from the £2.4 million prior 
year VAT benefit described earlier. 

Profit before tax and taxation
The tax charge of £10.3 million 
(2018: £10.0 million) on profit before 
tax of £54.7 million (2018: £52.9 million) 
represents an effective tax rate1 of 
18.8%, 0.1% lower than prior year 
due to the non-taxable nature of the 
£0.9 million exceptional item. Excluding 
the exceptional item, the effective tax 
rate would have been 19.1%, slightly 
higher than prior year due to the tax 
deduction for vested share options being 
lower than the expense recognised in 
the statement of profit and loss and 
other non-deductible expenses.

Statement of financial position 
Net assets of £50.2 million (2018: 
£61.3 million) declined by £11.1 million 
as a result of the additional dividend 
programme to return £25 million per year 
from December 2016 to December 2021 
to shareholders. Current assets declined 
by £31.9 million to £176.6 million due to 
funds in the course of collection reducing 
by £22.4 million as prior year end fell over 
Easter weekend which added an extra 
two days of funds held by retailers. There 
is a corresponding decrease in trade 
and other payables. Non-current assets 
increased by £0.7 million to £54.9 million, 
with capital expenditure of £11.0 million 
largely offset by depreciation and 
amortisation of £9.8 million.

Costs decreased by £3.8 million to £62.8 million. Key drivers to the decline include:
•  £2.4 million (2018: £1.5 million) VAT benefit which stems from improved cost 

allocations when determining irrecoverable VAT

•  £0.7 million ongoing benefit from the improved VAT recovery
•  £0.7 million reduction in depreciation and amortisation as assets reached the end 

of their useful lives

•  cost reductions of £1.0 million from sustainable efficiencies including:
 – the implementation of a new interactive voice response system
 – reorganisation to implement the agile development programme
 – bringing legacy terminal maintenance and repairs in-house

•  other one-off cost reductions partially offset by including Payzone’s overheads 

for a full year

Excluding the one-off impact from prior year VAT recoveries, underlying costs reduced 
by 4.2%.

1.  Effective tax rate is the tax cost as a percentage of 

profit before tax.

2.  Operating margin % is an alternative performance 

measure and is calculated by dividing operating profit 
by net revenue.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
28

Financial 
review

continued

Cash flow and liquidity
The following table summarises the cash flow movements during the year. 

Year ended 31 March (£m)

Profit before tax
Exceptional items
Depreciation and amortisation
VAT and other non-cash items
Share-based payments and other items
Working capital changes (corporate)

Cash generation
Taxation payments
Capital expenditure
Acquisition of subsidiary
Dividends paid

Net decrease in corporate cash and cash 
equivalents
Net change in clients’ funds and retailer’s deposits

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

Comprising:

2019

54.7
(0.9)
9.8
(2.3)
1.1
0.4

62.8
(10.0)
(11.0)
–
(56.6)

(14.8)
7.3

(7.5)
46.0
(1.0)

37.5

2018

Change %

52.9
–
10.5
(0.1)
1.2
3.4

67.9
(10.3)
(13.4)
(0.9)
(55.9)

3.3%
0.0%
(6.7%)
>100%
(8.3%)
(88.2%)

(7.4%)
(2.9%)
(17.9%)
(100.0%)
1.2%

(12.6)
5.4

16.7%
22.2%

(7.2)
53.1

12.5%
(13.4%)
0.1 (1100.0%)

46.0

(19.8%)

Corporate cash
Clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits

3.5
34.0

18.5
27.5

(80.5%)
21.1%

Cash generation declined by £5.1 million to 
£62.8 million. As highlighted in last year’s 
Annual Report, the 2017/18 year working 
capital movement included a timing benefit 
of £3.4 million, reflecting the temporary 
benefit from the VAT tribunal ruling where 
receipts from clients were received in 
advance of the net payment to HMRC. 
This was finalised in the current year with 
a net payment to the HMRC of £2.1 million. 
Excluding this, working capital improved by 
£2.5 million driven by improved focus on 
debtor collections.

Taxation payments of £10.0 million 
(2018: £10.3 million) represents 
payments on account and is in line with 
the current tax charge for the year. In 
2019/20 tax payments will be c.£5 million 
higher due to HMRC bringing forward 
payments on account by six months.

Capital expenditure of £11.0 million 
(2018: £13.4 million) consists of 
PayPoint One terminals and EPoS 
and CRM development.

Net corporate cash declined by 
£15.0 million to £3.5 million at 31 
March 2019. PayPoint also has a 
£75 million revolving credit facility 
which was unutilised at year end 
but was used during the year where 
borrowings peaked at £12 million. 

PayPoint Annual Report 201929

Going concern
The financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis 
having regard to the identified principal 
risks, uncertainties and viability 
statement on page 35. Our cash and 
borrowing capacity provides sufficient 
funds to meet the foreseeable needs 
of the Group including dividends.

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director
22 May 2019

Dividends
From 1 April 2019 a programme of four equal dividends payable in July, September, 
December and March was implemented. This change will not alter the quantum of 
dividend that will be paid to shareholders within a financial year, although does reduce 
the reported dividends for the current year.

Year ended 31 March

2019

2018

Change %

Ordinary dividends per share (pence)
Interim (paid)
Final (proposed)
Additional dividend per share (pence)
Interim (paid)
Final 

Total dividend per share (pence)
Total dividends paid in year (£m)

 15.6 
 23.6 

 12.2 
 18.4 

 69.8 
 56.6 

 15.3 
 30.6 

 12.2 
 24.4 

 82.5 
 55.9 

1.9%
(22.9%)

–
(24.6%)

(15.4%)
1.2% 

We have declared a final dividend of 23.6 pence per share payable in equal instalments 
of 11.8 pence per share on 29 July 2019 and 30 September 2019 to shareholders on 
the register on 28 June 2019 and 6 September 2019 respectively. The final dividend 
is subject to the approval of the shareholders at the annual general meeting on 25 July 
2019. We have also declared the additional dividend of 18.4 pence per share payable 
in equal instalments of 9.2 pence per share on the same dates as the ordinary dividend. 

The final dividends will result in £28.8 million being paid to shareholders from the 
standalone statement of financial position of the Company which, as at 31 March 2019, 
had approximately £79.8 million of distributable reserves.

An interim ordinary dividend of 15.6 pence and an additional interim ordinary dividend 
of 12.2 pence was paid on 11 January 2019.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
30

Strategy in action

Digital pay, any 
time, any place

MultiPay

Giving our clients the ability 
to serve their customers with a 
choice of payment channels is at 
the heart of our digital payments 
strategy. MultiPay is a one stop 
shop for organisations that 
want offer a robust, proven 
and flexible digital payments 
solution in the modern world. 

Mark Anderson
MultiPay Product Manager

Strategic priority

Sustain 
leadership in 
‘pay-as-you-go’ 
and grow digital 
bill payments

As a challenger energy company, 
Robin Hood wanted to secure and 
increase their customer base rapidly. 
They were also moving customers to 
smart meters from traditional top-up 
meters. Smart meters provide the 
opportunity to move customers to 
different tariffs and offer a range 
of top-up options for pay-as-you-
go customers. 

PayPoint were the only provider who 
could support an integration to Robin 
Hood’s smart meter operator and offer 
customers the choice to pay their bills 
online, by phone or in one of over 28,000 
stores through their omnichannel 
payments solution, MultiPay. The 
solutions for Robin Hood included a white 
labelled payment webpage, automated 
telephone top-up and SMS channels. 

MultiPay has given Robin Hood a full 
range of in-store and digital channels in a 
short space of time. Online top-ups have 
rapidly become very popular, with over 
half of energy tops-ups now taking place 
online. This has given Robin Hood, as a 
challenger energy company, the capability 
to come to market quickly with a smart 
prepayment solution. They are able to 
retain customers and grow their customer 
base in line with their business objectives.

Rob Purdon, Head of Contract 
Management, Robin Hood Energy said:  
“It was important that we were able to 
offer customers a number of top-up 
options to ensure inclusivity, from the 
more digital-savvy, through to vulnerable, 
unbanked consumers. PayPoint’s MultiPay 
platform gave us a simple route to market 
that was well-integrated with the smart 
meter manufacturer of our choice, and 
provided a number of payment options to 
suit a range of customer types.”

PayPoint Annual Report 201931

Shareholder informationFinancial statementsGovernanceStrategic ReportPayPoint Annual Report 201932

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties

Key

  No change

Increased likelihood

  Decreased likelihood

Strategy 
Our formal approach to risk management 
is delivered through the application of 
PayPoint’s risk management and internal 
control framework which is a defined 
process for identifying and escalating 
significant risks. It applies throughout the 
Group and the responsibility for oversight 
of the process rests with the Board. 
Consideration of appetite for risk forms 
part of the risk management process, 
in particular when deciding how best 
to manage the risks that are identified. 
Having a robust system of internal control 
using a combination of people, process 
and technology helps to mitigate risk 
to a level acceptable to the Board. 

Risk appetite 
The level of risk considered appropriate 
to achieving our business objectives 
is determined by the Board. PayPoint 
has no appetite for risk relating to the 
health, safety and welfare of employees, 
customers and the wider community. 

There is a greater appetite for risk in 
relation to activities which are directed 
towards creating additional demand 
for our services to drive revenues 
and increase financial returns. 

Risk identification and management 
The risk management and internal 
control framework, as part of the 
wider governance framework, aims to 
provide assurance and confidence to 
stakeholders about PayPoint’s ability 
to deliver its objectives and manage 
principal risks. During the year, the Audit 
Committee received and reviewed risk 
information relating to the key risk areas 
below, together with details of actions 
taken and relevant mitigating controls, 
prior to advising the Board in this regard. 
The Board then carried out its formal 
assessment and gave final approval to the 
list of principal risks which are as follows:

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

Risk area
Business
Innovation 
and market 
changes

The Group could fail to adapt to changes in 
consumer behaviour or to commercialise and 
develop innovation that is scalable and meets 
the requirements of clients and retailers.

The inability to implement new products and 
services effectively may impact PayPoint’s 
ability to drive growth and profitability. 

The Group monitors technological and consumer 
trends through its monthly Strategy Committee and 
twice-yearly Board strategy reviews. The Group is 
committed to continued research and investment in 
technology and products to support its continued 
growth. Our product portfolio and the progress of 
new initiatives are reviewed at the monthly Product 
Committee that contains representatives from 
commercial, product, technology, finance and legal. 

PayPoint also has an active sales function and 
client teams which are incentivised to promote 
and sell PayPoint products and services 
in the regions in which PayPoint operates 
to expand its client and retailer base. 

The PayPoint strategic objectives and values 
are defined and advocated by the Executive 
Board. These values are linked to strategic, 
team and individual employee objectives and 
performance appraisals. The Group’s ethical 
principles are published on its website and intranet. 
A whistleblowing policy and procedures are 
published and a third-party service is available for 
employees to report wrongdoing. The Retailer 
Pledge is published and all employees made 
aware of its requirements. Retailer and employee 
engagement surveys are used to measure 
satisfaction and identify areas of concern.

Culture

The strategic objectives and values of the Group 
are focused on retailer and consumer-centric 
products and services. If employees are not 
aligned with the strategic goals or empowered 
to realise opportunities, deliver performance 
or mitigate risks this could lead to poor service 
quality, a loss in revenue, increased cost or failure 
by employees to escalate concerns or issues to 
senior management and the Executive Board. 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
33

Risk area

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

Dependence  
on key clients
and retailers

The consolidation or loss of major clients or multiple 
retailers could adversely affect revenue. Insolvency, 
liquidation, administration or receivership of retailers 
could lead to PayPoint being unable to recover some 
or all the client monies processed by the retailer. 
PayPoint would be liable to account to those clients 
where PayPoint bears the risk of collection. 

Competitor 
activity

Competitor activity in the market continues 
to evolve. There is, however, no evidence of an 
any increased impact to PayPoint from clients 
and retailers switching to competitors.

Partners and  
suppliers

Reliance on third parties for the provision of key 
parts of the PayPoint services (e.g. payment 
service providers) could lead to extended 
outages if the supplier fails to meet required 
SLAs or goes into administration. 

Interruptions 
in processes 
and systems

The Group’s ability to provide reliable services 
largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted 
operation of our computer network systems, 
financial settlement systems, data and call centres, 
as well as maintaining sufficient staffing levels. 

System or network interruptions, recovery from 
fraud or security incidents or the unavailability of 
key staff or management resulting from a pandemic 
outbreak could delay and disrupt our ability to 
develop, deliver or maintain our products and 
services, causing harm to our business and reputation 
and resulting in loss of customers or revenue.

The Group monitors client and retailer concentration 
risk to ensure that no one client or retailer accounts 
for a disproportionate share of the Group’s net 
revenue. In addition, the Group continues to 
acquire new clients and retailers to reduce reliance 
on existing sources of revenue. All major clients 
are covered by specific contracts or agreements. 
Contract end dates and start of notice periods 
are scheduled and regularly reviewed by client 
management teams. Retail teams maintain 
and develop the relationship with retailers. 

Where there is concern that the competitor activity 
may be unlawful then PayPoint will challenge this 
through the Competition and Markets Authority. 
Appropriate terms are included in client and 
retailer contracts. PayPoint offers products 
and services not available from competitors. 
Retailer engagement surveys are used to measure 
satisfaction and identify areas of concern.

The Group selects and negotiates agreements 
with strategic suppliers and partners based on 
criteria such as delivery assurance and reliability. 
Single points of failure are avoided, where 
practicable and economically feasible. Controls 
are regularly reviewed and improved to minimise 
risk of retailer churn caused by financial loss to 
retailers through fraudulent third-party activity. 
Suppliers are selected on merit following tendering, 
procurement and due diligence processes. 

Resilience is built into systems and contingency 
plans are in place should systems fail. These plans 
are exercised regularly. Programmes are in place 
to remove technical debt and to automate manual 
processes. Payment files are automatically imported 
into settlement systems. All payments are checked/
authorised by nominated signatories. Segregation 
is maintained between settlement and corporate 
accounts. Invoices are recorded and approved by 
authorised managers. Daily reconciliation of client 
settlement accounts and weekly reconciliation of 
PayPoint corporate accounts are carried out. Audited 
controls for supplier and client account set-up 
are in place. A programme is in place to upgrade 
PayPoint’s financial and back office systems.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report34

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties

continued

Risk area
Operational
Legislation 
or regulatory 
reforms and 
risk of non-
compliance

Cyber 
security, data 
protection, 
resilience 
and business 
continuity

Potential impact

Mitigation strategies

PayPoint is required to comply with relevant legal 
and regulatory requirements. Any breach of these 
obligations could lead to costly and damaging legal 
or corrective actions to return to compliance, e.g. 
Health & Safety at Work Act, Data Protection Act/
GDPR, Financial Conduct Authority listing rules and 
requirements, anti-money laundering legislation, 
employment law. It could also lead to the prosecution 
of individual company officers or employees.

System or network interruptions, recovery from fraud 
or cyber security incidents or poorly implemented 
change could delay and disrupt our ability to develop, 
deliver or maintain our products and services, causing 
harm to our business and reputation and resulting in 
loss of customers or revenue. PayPoint’s ability to 
provide reliable and secure services largely depends 
on the availability and uninterrupted operation of 
its network of retailer terminals, computer systems, 
financial settlement and key business processes.

Due to the heightened activity in the external 
environment the level of risk has been increased.

The Group’s legal department works closely with 
senior managers to adopt strategies to educate 
legislature, regulators, consumer and privacy 
advocates and other stakeholders to support 
the public policy debate, where appropriate, 
to ensure regulation does not have unintended 
consequences on the Group’s services. A 
central compliance department co-ordinates all 
compliance monitoring and reporting. Subsidiary 
managing and finance directors are required 
to sign annual compliance statements. 

PayPoint has established a Cyber Security 
and IT Sub-Committee to oversee 
cybersecurity and information technology 
matters pertaining to PayPoint.    

Service delivery is constantly monitored with 
technical support teams in place to address 
service outages or errors. Contact Centre, Service 
Management and Technical Services Helpdesk are 
in place to assist with and resolve issues. Client 
Management and Retail Management teams are 
in place to interface with clients and retailers. 
Resilient systems are in place across the Group. 
Disaster recovery and business continuity plans 
are maintained and exercised regularly to ensure 
contingencies are in place in the case of failure. 

Attracting 
and retaining 
key talent

Future success is substantially dependent on the 
continued services and performance of Executive 
Directors, senior management, competent and 
qualified personnel. The failure to attract the 
right candidates, loss of key personnel or failure 
to adequately train employees could damage 
the Group’s business or lead to non-compliance 
with legal and regulatory requirements.

Effective recruitment programmes are ongoing 
across all business areas, as well as personal and 
career development initiatives. The executive 
management reviews talent potential twice 
a year and retention plans are put in place 
for individuals identified at risk of leaving. 
Compensation and benefits programmes 
are competitive and reviewed regularly.

Brexit

The effect on inter-company relationships may 
be adversely affected by the outcomes of the 
negotiations between the UK government 
and the other member countries during the 
UK’s exit from the European Union.

PayPoint has carried out an assessment of the 
impact of a no-deal Brexit scenario and identified 
key risks to its operating model. Whilst no business 
can mitigate against the impact of Brexit, actions 
to reduce disruption in the short term are in place 
including building a buffer stock of PayPoint One 
terminals, maximising intercompany dividends and 
engaging with clients and suppliers determining 
their own readiness and impact assessments. 

PayPoint Annual Report 201935

In making the assessment, the Directors 
have also considered PayPoint’s 
robust capital position, its cash-
generative nature and mitigating 
actions in the unlikely event the 
described scenario materialises.

From this assessment, the Directors have 
concluded PayPoint will remain a viable 
operation over the assessment period 
and have therefore prepared the financial 
statements on a going concern basis.

Viability and 
going concern 
statements

As part of the risk monitoring 
programme, each year the Directors 
consider the Group’s viability 
over a three-year period. 

This aligns with the financial planning 
cycle which, considering the dynamics 
of the markets in which the business 
operates, is an appropriate time 
horizon to use. The viability assessment 
includes consideration of the principal 
risks, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity.

The business activities, its performance 
and future development are set out in the 
strategic framework on pages 10 to 13. 

Market conditions are described on page 
6. These, together with the assessment 
of principal risks set out on pages 32 
to 34, are considered in determining 
PayPoint’s viability which is based on 
business plans with several different, but 
plausible, principal risks crystallising. 
These include:
•  business risk: the loss of large clients 

and retailers 

•  business risk: slower than anticipated 
growth in retail services and a quicker 
than expected decline in the cash 
payments business 

•  operational risk: impact of a technical 
event resulting in the temporary 
disturbance of usual operations 
•  financial risk: impact on cash or 
financing facilities as a result of 
viability assessment scenario
•  possible impact from Brexit

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report36

Purpose 
and values

Our values
Our six values reinforce our purpose and 
are at the core of our culture.

Accountable
Customer focused
Ambitious
Enquiring
Team player
Passionate

We actively engage with our people 
to bring the values to life in the work 
that we do. Customer focus continues 
to be a priority and this year we have 
implemented an enhanced 90 day 
induction programme and regular industry 
briefings in order to ensure consistent and 
up-to-date knowledge of our customers 
and the markets in which they operate.

Our values are incorporated into our 
recruitment and induction processes, 
and demonstration of the values 
forms a key element of our bi-annual 
performance reviews. People who 
role model our values are recognised 
via our annual awards event and 
monthly values award programme. 

Value award winner: Team Player 
The Parcels team were the winners of the 
Team award at our annual awards event. 
This award recognises teams who listen, 
understand and support each other to 
deliver success. The team work to support 
each other while keeping business 
objectives in sight, resulting in improved 
performance during the incredibly busy 
peak period and onboarding eBay as 
a new partner. In addition to this they 
have won the Christmas decorations 
competition two years in a row and 
took part in a Muddy Mayhem 5km to 
raise money for charities close to their 
hearts. It is no surprise that this team 
has some of the highest engagement 
scores in the entire Company. 

Value award winner: Ambitious 
Heather won the Ambitious award at 
our annual awards event. This award 
recognises people who innovate, drive 
results, are bold and deliver positive 
change. Heather is a Team Leader in 
our Retail Operations team and since 
being promoted into the role earlier in 
the year she has focused on improving 
the productivity of the team, ensuring 
that retailer contracts are checked 
thoroughly and processed efficiently. 
Heather is incredibly hard working 
and drives the team to reach its full 
potential, encouraging them to find 
new methods to solve problems. She 
is looking forward to the introduction 
of Salesforce in the near future to help 
drive further efficiencies and knowhow.

PayPoint Annual Report 201937

Case study:
Our Purpose

During the first half of the year, with the help 
of BluePrint for Business, the whole PayPoint 
team defined its organisational purpose as: 
‘We exist to help make a positive 
difference to people’s lives’. 

This is done through: 
•  bringing together consumers, local retailers, 

big businesses and government 

•  using smart technology to create services that 

people love 

•  balancing the needs of every customer served 

to ensure success for all 

•  being there whenever and wherever customers 

need us 

•  offering a supportive, fulfilling place to work 

for our people

We engaged all our UK employees in the 
development of our Purpose at an offsite event. 
Our Purpose forms the foundations that guide us 
in the way we work with all of our stakeholders, 
including our people, and underpins our retailer 
pledge. 

WE EXIST TO HELP 
MAKE A POSITIVE 
DIFFERENCE TO 
PEOPLE’S LIVES

OUR PURPOSE FORMS 
THE FOUNDATIONS 
THAT GUIDE US IN THE 
WAY WE WORK WITH 
ALL OF OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report38

People and 
culture

Gender balance

Board

4 (67%)
2 (33%)

Male
Female

Senior management1

4 (67%)
2 (33%)

Male
Female

All employees

379 (56%)
296 (44%)

Male
Female

Our employees
PayPoint employed, on average, 675 
members of staff during the period. 
We aim to create a positive working 
environment that enables us to attract 
and retain a talented workforce. We 
recruit externally from a wide range of 
industries and we welcomed over 200 new 
starters to the business during the year. 
Employee turnover in the UK continued 
to decrease year on year with voluntary 
turnover falling to 15%. Total turnover in 
the UK was 22%, reflecting restructuring 
undertaken in our technology function 
to deliver faster, more agile and efficient 
ways of working. Turnover in Romania 
fell during the year from 47% to 44% 
but remained higher than we would like, 
reflecting local market conditions and 
the ongoing integration of the Payzone 
business. Actions are being taken to 
improve retention in Romania with a 
focus on team building and training.

Engaging our people
We are encouraged that 91% of 
our people responded to our latest 
engagement survey in December 2018. 
This was our first survey with a new 
provider which has resulted in additional 
insights into the drivers of engagement 
at PayPoint that we are using to inform 
our action plans. Our overall engagement 
score was 71% which is broadly in line 
with the external benchmark of our new 
provider. Our engagement priorities 
are focused on customer, collaboration 
and decision making and we are 
transitioning to quarterly surveys in order 
to measure progress more frequently. 

We keep our people informed of Company 
performance and new developments 
through different channels including 
formal business updates, staff briefings 
and regular team meetings. All employees 
are invited to participate in two meetings 
a year where the Directors present 
the performance of the Group. 

This year we have established 
an employee forum to provide a 
communication platform for consultation 
on relevant business related issues and 
selected Board matters. The forum 
is attended by functional employee 
representatives who have been elected 
by their colleagues in the UK business, 
the HR Director and Gill Barr, who 
represents the Board. Three formal 
meetings have been held so far and the 
forum collaborate informally in between 
meetings. The engagement survey has 
been a key focus area for the forum, 
who were involved in selecting the new 
provider, discussing the results and 
contributing ideas for consideration in 
the development of the UK action plan. 

We operate a Share Incentive Plan to 
enable all UK employees to share in 
the success of the Company. 45% of 
employees actively participate in this plan, 
an increase from 43% in the prior year.

Diversity 
PayPoint values diversity and it is 
important to us that our working 
environment is one where all are 
treated equally and which is free from 
discrimination in respect of gender, 
ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, 
age or disability. We are committed to 
offering equal opportunities to all our 
people. Our Diversity and Inclusion 
Policy can be found on our website.2

The overall gender balance across 
all employees within the business on 
31 March 2019 was 44% female and 
56% male. Female representation
on the Executive Board is 43%. 

WE ARE COMMITTED 
TO OFFERING EQUAL 
OPPORTUNITIES TO 
ALL OUR PEOPLE

We published our second gender pay 
report in March which can be found on our 
website3 and we have implemented a 
number of actions to support diversity 
including: 
•  launching our ‘Working for Everyone’ 
policy to promote flexible working
•  updating our careers website to 
highlight the diversity of people 
already working for us

•  offering work experience to an equal 
mix of male and female students

•  introducing the ‘Neil Swan 

Development Fund’ to support the 
development of IT skills of employees 
who wish to progress to a role within 
the IT function. The initial award was 
made to a female employee 

PayPoint is committed to treating 
applicants with disabilities equally and 
supporting people who become disabled 
during their career with the Company. 
This includes making reasonable 
adjustments both to the recruitment 
process for applicants and to the working 
environment for employees, in order that 
they can achieve their full potential.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Wellbeing
We have implemented a number of 
improvements during the year in order 
to support the wellbeing of our people. 
This includes investment in upgrading 
our buildings in Welwyn Garden City 
to provide better facilities, including 
quiet spaces and the gym. We have 
also improved our support for mental 
health by training 12 mental health 
first aiders. We promote mental health 
awareness through supporting stress 
awareness and providing weekly 
yoga and meditation sessions, which 
are available free of charge to our 
employees in Welwyn Garden City. 

WE AIM TO CREATE A 
POSITIVE WORKING 
ENVIRONMENT THAT 
ENABLES US TO 
ATTRACT AND RETAIN 
A TALENTED 
WORKFORCE

People development 
We are committed to supporting the 
development of our people, and during 
the year, 25% of our UK vacancies were 
filled with internal candidates. This year 
we have invested heavily in management 
training, supplementing our existing 
management development offering 
with the introduction of management 
apprenticeships spanning multiple 
career levels including aspiring manager, 
experienced manager and MBA. In total 
we have supported over 40 employees 
to study via apprenticeship programmes 
during the course of the year.

Human rights
PayPoint supports fundamental human 
rights, such as the right to privacy, safety 
and to be treated fairly, with dignity and 
respect. Our employment standard sets 
out our commitment to good employment 
practices and the principles to govern 
the practices adopted in each of our 
businesses. All employees have a right to 
safe conditions of work, consideration of 
their welfare, fair terms of employment, 
reward and treatment, clarity and 
openness about what is expected.

39

1.  Senior management includes the Executive Board and 

Managing Director, PayPoint Romania.

2.  https://corporate.paypoint.com/investor-centre/

corporate

3.  https://corporate.paypoint.com/investor-centre/csr/

about-our-people

The Neil Swan  
Development Fund 
The Neil Swan Development Fund has 
been set up in memory of our dear friend 
and colleague Neil Swan who sadly passed 
away in 2018. Neil worked at PayPoint 
for over 18 years and was passionate 
about development, helping lots of 
people get into IT. The fund is designed 
for people who do not currently work 
within IT, to develop their skills and help 
them on their way to pursue an IT career. 

We were delighted to make our first 
award to Srilakshmi Chunduri who 
works in our Parcel team and is being 
supported to undertake the certifications 
required in order to support her 
desire to pursue a career in testing.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report40

Responsible 
business

Our purpose (outlined 
on page 37) forms the 
foundations that guide 
us in the way we 
conduct our business 
and work with our 
stakeholders.

OUR SUCCESS IS BUILT 
ON A REPUTATION FOR 
HIGH STANDARDS IN 
ALL AREAS OF 
BUSINESS

 In addition to our people, our key 
stakeholders are our retailers and 
consumers, our clients, our shareholders 
and the community.

To ensure that our business is run 
responsibly we review our practices 
against the ‘Five Principles of a Purpose 
Driven Business’ set out by Blueprint for 
Business:1

1.  Has a purpose which delivers 
long-term sustainable performance
Our purpose helps us to ensure that we 
consider the impact of our business on 
all of our stakeholders so that we can 
both truly serve society and generate a 
sustainable return for our shareholders.

We had 627 shareholders as at 31 March 
2019. We publish results twice each year 
and provide two interim management 
statements, complying with reporting 
and disclosure obligations. Shareholders 
are invited to attend the annual general 
meeting and Executive Directors meet 
with major shareholders twice a year to 
discuss the Group’s results. We make 
webcasts of presentations available 
on our website and we are planning a 
presentation of our 2018/19 results to 
a ShareSoc meeting in order to improve 
our outreach to private shareholders. 
In addition to this, we regularly invite 
existing and prospective shareholders 
to our offices in Welwyn Garden City. 

2.  Honest and fair with customers and 
suppliers
Our success is built on a reputation for 
high standards in all areas of business 
which we achieve by working in 
accordance with our ethical principles. 
These principles apply throughout 
the PayPoint group of companies and 
are used to define the standards and 
working practices that we adopt. 

1.  https://www.blueprintforbusiness.org/
2.  https://corporate.paypoint.com/investor-centre/

corporate

They guide our day to-day actions and 
give employees clarity on acceptable 
behaviour. Our statement on ethical 
principles can be found on our website2. 
We operate an anti-bribery and 
corruption policy which was put in place 
in response to the UK Bribery Act 2010. 
Further information regarding this can 
be found on page 64 in the audit report.

Our retailer partners
We have approximately 47,000 
PayPoint sites in the UK and Romania 
to whom we provide retail products 
and services, and who in turn provide 
services to millions of consumers.

We seek to provide an unparalleled 
service which is achieved by the use of 
leading, highly reliable technology and the 
broad range of services to help retailers 
run their businesses more efficiently as 
well as generating consumer footfall 
from the communities they serve.

In the UK, terminal availability is over 
99% and when a terminal needs to be 
replaced, it is achieved within four hours 
across the UK in 98% of cases. The 
breadth of products offered by PayPoint 
is greater than any other network. 

Our commitment to our retailer 
partners has been articulated in 
the following public pledge:
•  listen and communicate openly 

with you

•  support you and deliver excellent 

service

•  always innovate to improve our 

products and services

•  champion the importance of 

convenience retailers

Measuring customer satisfaction and 
using the insights to deliver tangible 
improvements is a fundamental part of 
our culture and business DNA. We carry 
out regular surveys with our retailer 
partners, via a third party to understand 
how we can improve our service and three 
times a year we hold a retailer forum, 
comprised of ten leading retailers from 
our network, to discuss progress, get 
feedback and work collaboratively to 
improve the customer experience in-
store. These two-way sessions encourage 
collective feedback between PayPoint 
and the retailer representatives to identify 
improvement opportunities with the aim 
of ultimately improving the service we 
provide. To supplement these forums, 
we also engage regularly with retailers 
via the leading trade associations, the 
Association of Convenience Stores (ACS) 
and the National Federation of Retail 
Newsagents (NFRN) to ensure that we 
are helping them deliver the best possible 
experience. PayPoint One retailers are 
offered ACS membership, giving them 
access to industry-leading events, 

PayPoint Annual Report 201941

advice and networking. Major multiple 
retailers have regular review meetings 
with dedicated account managers.

Our consumers
Open early until late seven days a week, 
we serve millions of consumers every 
day, helping them to make payments 
and collect parcels conveniently 
through our retail network and 
omnichannel payments solutions.

Our MultiPay platform is designed to 
provide a simpler and more convenient 
way for consumers to pay and top up 
their prepayment meters. We were the 
first company to successfully generate 
Unique Transaction Reference Numbers 
(UTRNs) – which enable top-ups for 
gas and electricity on SMETS2 smart 
meters, and are uniquely able to provide 
customers with complete flexibility 
to choose to pay using whichever 
method is most convenient for them. 

Our clients
We have over 400 end user clients 
including those via reselling arrangements.

We assist clients by providing convenient 
services for consumer payments with 
a high standard of service and open 
communication. Our contracts with 
clients contain clear obligations with 

respect to the services being provided 
underpinned by measurable service 
levels which are set to ensure a high 
standard of delivery across key elements, 
including system and service availability, 
file delivery and funds settlement.

We set 21 new clients live in the UK during 
the reporting period including Monzo, 
Anglian Water, Arriva and Brighthouse. 
Monzo is our first major challenger bank 
client, using our physical capabilities to 
supplement their digital offering. Anglian 
Water was an important client to gain for 
our retailer partners in the Anglian region.

We continue to have a dedicated Client 
Management team, enhancing our 
engagement with clients to ensure we are 
able to align our strategy and roadmaps to 
the needs of the clients we partner with. 

3.  A good citizen
Our convenience retail network places 
us at the heart of local communities, 
supporting our retail partners to offer 
a strong portfolio of services to their 
customers. Our cash bill payment 
solutions enable less privileged 
people to access services that may 
otherwise be unavailable to them, and 
86% of our ATM network is ‘speech-
enabled’, the largest proportion of an 
independent network in the UK.

We support the communities where our 
employees live and work by providing 
them with the financial support 
they need to serve their causes.

We offer our network to collect 
for the BBC’s Children in Need 
telethon free of charge. 

4.  A responsible and responsive 
employer
Information about our employment 
practices can be found in the people 
and culture section on page 38.

5.  A guardian for future generations
We are committed to supporting young 
people in our community and we work as 
an Enterprise Advisor to a local secondary 
school, supporting their students 
with the transition from school to the 
workplace. During the year we supported 
a number of activities including careers 
fairs, work shadowing placements and 
funding a skills website to help students 
gain and improve key skills that will help 
them get ready for the world of work. 

£26,000

Donated to local charities

Charity Committee
PayPoint has a Charity Committee 
made up of employee volunteers 
which leads and provides support to 
fundraising activities carried out by 
our employees for charities which are 
important to them. During the year, 
the Committee donated £26,000 to 
26 local and national charities, of which 
£14,000 was funded by the Company.

Charity firewalk
On a cold, dark night in October, 38 
brave PayPoint people dared to do 
the impossible and walk on fire to raise 
money for Isabel Hospice, a charity 
that supports the local community in 
East Hertfordshire. It was an incredible 
experience for all involved and the 
team raised an amazing £6,000 via 
sponsorship, a bake sale and cake auction.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report42

Responsible 
business

continued

Environment
PayPoint’s main impact on the 
environment stems from our use of 
resources to run offices in the UK, Ireland1 
and Romania and our communications 
with our retailers.

WE HAVE A CYCLE TO 
WORK AND A CAR 
SHARE SCHEME TO 
ENCOURAGE LESS 
MOTOR VEHICLES

We measure our carbon footprint in 
accordance with the Green House 
Gas (GHG) protocol. This allows us to 
monitor, by region, our carbon footprint 
and implement, where practical, targets 
to reduce our carbon footprint.

The two primary sources of PayPoint’s 
carbon emissions are energy 
consumption and business travel. We 
visit existing and prospective retailers 
in the UK and Romania. Routes are 
pre-planned to ensure efficiency 
where possible. Management regularly 
visits our businesses to review and 
improve performance but aims to avoid 
unnecessary travel. Energy consumption 
arises from our offices in the UK and 
Romania. We have a cycle to work and a 
car share scheme to encourage less motor 
vehicles and we encourage electronic 
documents to reduce unnecessary 
printing, including our Board papers. 
PayPoint’s services help consumers to 
reduce the number of unnecessary car 
journeys through the convenience of 
our outlets which are usually available 
within a short walking distance.

We recycle wherever possible, 
including paper, cans, plastic cups, 
cardboard, toners, print cartridges 
and computer equipment. 

We have also improved our approach 
to waste management with the 
following initiatives now in place:
•  installation of LED lights throughout 
our head office which will reduce 
energy consumption

•  the replacement of drink vending 
machines from all sites which has 
eliminated a significant portion of 
single-use plastic cups waste. These 
were replaced with efficient hot water 
fountains and reusable cups, mugs 
and drinking glasses

•  reducing waste to landfill with more 

office mixed recycle collection points 
throughout the offices

•  extending our recycling to include 
waste food and improved signage 
around collection points to encourage 
better recycling

We continue to promote and recycle 
wherever possible and we are 
currently looking into ways to reduce 
our print volumes even more. 

1.  For the period until our Ireland office closed in 

October 2018.

PayPoint Annual Report 201943

GHG emissions and waste
In this section we report on all required 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in 
accordance with the Companies Act 
2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013. The new 
Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) regulations came into effect on 
1 April 2019 and we follow the guidelines 
to comply with these new regulations.

We report using a financial control 
approach to define our organisational 
boundary. A range of approaches can 
be taken to determine the boundaries 
of an organisation for the purposes of 
GHG reporting including financial control, 
operational control or equity share.

The methodology used to calculate 
our emissions is based upon the 
‘Environmental Reporting Guidelines: 
Including streamlined energy and carbon 
reporting guidance’ (March 2019) issued 
by DEFRA which make it clear that, in most 
cases, whether an operation is controlled 
by the organisation or not does not vary 
based on whether the financial control 
or operational control approach is used. 
Using the latest UK Government GHG 
Conversion Factors, PayPoint’s Global 
GHG emissions in the year decreased to 
1,805 tCO2 from 1,884 tCO2 in 2017/18.  

We are pleased to report that our overall 
waste tonnage has reduced and the 
percentage of waste that is recycled 
has increased as a result of internal 
initiatives to reduce waste and to improve 
our ratio of recycled waste to landfill.

The Strategic Report on pages 1 to 43 
is approved by the Board of Directors 
and signed on behalf of the Board.

Patrick Headon
CEO
22 May 2019

Year ended
31 March 
2019

Year ended
31 March 
2018

Units

Scope 1 (direct emissions from fuel 
combustion)
Scope 2 (indirect emissions from purchased 
electricity, heat and cooling)
Scope 3 (business travel, waste1 and water)

Total

Intensity measurement:
Total tonnes of CO2e per employee2

tonnes CO2e

329

tonnes CO2e
tonnes CO2e

1,044
432

1,805 

435

922
527

1,884

2.6

3.0

1.  Includes waste from UK and Ireland. Romania does not track waste.
2.  We have used the average number of employees to calculate our intensity measure as most of our emissions are directly 

related to business travel and energy consumption at our head office locations.

Waste

Landfill
Recycled
Total

% recycled

Year ended
31 March 
2019
(tonnes)

Year ended
31 March 
2018
(tonnes)

16.7
19.0
35.7

21.6
21.1
42.7

53.2%

49.5%

Non-financial reporting statement 
The Companies Act 2006 requires the Company to disclose certain non-financial 
reporting information within the Annual Report and accounts.

Accordingly, the disclosures required in the Company’s non-financial information 
statement can be found on the following pages in the Strategic Report (or are 
incorporated into the Strategic Report by reference for these purposes from the 
pages noted):

Information on our anti-bribery and corruption policy  
Information on our whistleblowing policy 
Information on our approach to human rights 
Information on social matters 
Information on our environment policy 
Information on our employees 
Information on diversity  
Nomination Committee Report 
Information on our business model 
Key performance indicators 
Principal risks and uncertainties 

64
64
39
58 
42
38
38 
57
08
22
32

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Financial statementsShareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report44

Board of Directors

Nick Wiles
Non-Executive Chairman

Gill Barr
Independent Non-Executive Director

Giles Kerr
Senior Independent Director

Appointed to the Board 
22 October 2009 
Appointed as Chairman  
8 May 2015

Experience 
Nick retired as chairman of UK 
investment banking at Nomura in 2012 
after more than 25 years in investment 
management and banking. 

His career started as an analyst and fund 
manager at Mercury Asset Management 
before moving to Cazenove, where he 
spent the majority of his career and was a 
partner prior to incorporation and a vice 
chairman of JP Morgan Cazenove. He 
was a non-executive director of Strutt & 
Parker from 2003-2014, and was, until 
recently, the senior independent director 
at Primary Health Properties plc, prior to 
its merger with MedX plc. He is also a 
steward of the HPA and chairman of its 
commercial activities.

Key skills and competencies 
Investment Banking, Corporate Finance, 
Equity Markets, Investor Sentiment and 
Relations

Committee memberships 
Nomination (Chair); Remuneration

Appointed 1 June 2015 

Appointed 20 November 2015 

Experience 
Gill has held senior strategy, marketing 
and business development positions 
at John Lewis, Kingfisher, MasterCard 
and KPMG. 

Most recently she was group marketing 
director for The Co-operative Group. She 
was a non-executive director of Morgan 
Sindall plc for eight years and now has a 
portfolio of non-executive directorships. 
She is a non-executive director on the 
boards of McCarthy & Stone plc, 
N Brown Group plc and Wincanton plc 
where she chairs their respective 
remuneration committees. She is 
the chair of the Customer Challenge 
Group for Severn Trent Water plc.

Key skills and competencies 
Marketing, Strategy, Retail

Committee memberships 
Audit; Nomination; Remuneration

Experience 
Giles was formerly national partner with 
Arthur Anderson & Co and previously 
held a number of positions with 
Amersham plc within finance and 
corporate development, culminating in 
his role as group finance director and 
board member. 

Giles was a non-executive director of 
BTG plc and director of finance of Oxford 
University. He is a non-executive director 
of Senior plc, Abcam plc, Adaptimmune 
Therapeutics plc and Arix Bioscience plc.

Key skills and competencies
Corporate Finance, Accounting, Risk 
Management

Committee memberships 
Audit (Chair); Nomination; Remuneration; 
Cyber Security & Information Technology 

PayPoint Annual Report 201945

Gender of the Board

Male
Female

4 (67%)
2 (33%)

Rakesh Sharma OBE CPhys FREng MinstP
Independent Non-Executive Director

Patrick Headon
Chief Executive

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director

Appointed 12 May 2017 

Appointed 1 April 2019

Appointed 3 January 2017 

Experience 
Patrick joined PayPoint on 1 March 
2019 and was appointed as a Director 
of the Board and Chief Executive on 
1 April 2019. 

Patrick is an experienced senior executive 
with extensive general management 
experience in consumer goods, 
e-commerce and B2B wholesales. His 
previous roles include managing director 
of Wolseley UK, business development 
director at eBay International, and 
managing director, Central & Eastern 
Europe at Diageo. 

Key skills and competencies 
Business Development, eCommerce, 
Operational Management

Committee memberships
Market Disclosure

Experience 
Rachel is a qualified accountant and 
has held a number of finance roles at 
Unilever, NatWest, Diageo and SABMiller. 

Prior to joining PayPoint, Rachel was 
group director, strategy & implementation 
at easyJet and a member of the airline 
management board. Rachel is also a 
non-executive director of Persimmon plc, 
where she is chair of the audit committee 
and a member of the risk, remuneration 
and the nomination committees. 

Key skills and competencies 
Finance, Strategy, Investor Relations, 
Risk Management

Committee memberships
Market Disclosure; Cyber Security & 
Information Technology

Experience 
Rakesh started his career as an electronic 
design engineer at Marconi in 1983, 
having read physics at university, before 
moving to Dowty as chief engineer 
in 1989. 

He was appointed marketing director, 
having gained an EMBA, of that business 
in 1993, when Ultra Electronics (Ultra) 
was formed. Rakesh managed businesses 
and divisions across the full range of 
Ultra’s wide portfolio, becoming Chief 
Executive in 2011, a position which 
he held until 2017. 

He is also the non-executive chairman of 
a private company Holmes Noble. Rakesh 
supports the younger generation in his 
pro bono activities being a director of 
a Multi Academy Trust and chair of the 
governing board for RiverBank Academy, 
a special educational needs school. 
In addition, Rakesh mentors young 
start-ups and he is a motivational speaker, 
working regularly with SEO, a registered 
charity helping socio-economically 
disadvantaged young adults. 

Key skills and competencies
Cyber Security & Information 
Technology, Executive Management

Committee memberships 
Audit; Nomination; Remuneration (Chair); 
Cyber Security & Information Technology

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report46

Leadership team

Patrick Headon
Chief Executive

See Board of Directors 
for biographies.

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director

See Board of Directors 
for biographies.

Susan Court 
Head of Legal, Company Secretary

Susan joined PayPoint in 1999 as sole in-house 
counsel, directly from private practice, and has 
been responsible for the legal and regulatory 
aspects of the PayPoint Group throughout 
her tenure.

Having been directly involved in the PayPoint 
IPO in 2004, Susan has been responsible for 
establishing an in-house legal team and ensuring 
its full integration into the PayPoint Group in 
order to service rapid growth and change 
in the business while taking account of the 
ever-evolving regulatory payments landscape.

Jon Marchant 
Chief Information Officer

Jon joined PayPoint in early 2011 and is 
responsible for all aspects of IT management 
and retail operations within the business. An 
experienced IT and operations leader and change 
specialist, he has worked in several blue chip 
financial services and retail organisations during 
his career including Halifax, Co-operative Group, 
Capital One and Scottish Widows.

Katy Wilde 
Human Resources Director

Katy joined PayPoint as HR Director in 2012 
with responsibility for the development and 
implementation of our people agenda. 

Prior to joining PayPoint, Katy worked for RSA 
Insurance Group where she held a number of 
senior business partnering roles in the UK and 
latterly in the Emerging Markets business where 
she was responsible for ensuring the delivery of 
the HR agenda across 22 countries in Central and 
Eastern Europe, Asia, the Middle East and Latin 

America. Prior to that Katy spent seven years 
at General Electric where she held HR roles 
in both their consumer finance and insurance 
businesses. Katy has a degree in International 
Business and Modern Languages from Aston 
University and is a Chartered Member of 
the CIPD.

PayPoint Annual Report 201947

Lewis Alcraft 
Chief Commercial Officer

Lewis was appointed to his current role of Chief 
Commercial Officer in 2019 and leads PayPoint’s 
commercial strategy development and 
execution. From 2015, he was Commercial 
Director leading PayPoint’s broader commercial 
agenda, across retail and client partners. 

On joining the business in 2007, Lewis led 
PayPoint’s relationship with BBC TV Licensing, 
before moving on to various roles including 
heading PayPoint’s product and client teams.

Prior to PayPoint, Lewis was a senior client 
manager at CPM, a marketing agency within 
the Omnicom group of companies.

Mugur Dogariu 
Managing Director, PayPoint Romania

Mugur has been Managing Director of PayPoint 
Romania since August 2008 and has overseen 
impressive growth in the retail network to over 
18,000 stores across Romania, as well as 
transaction growth from over one million in 
2008/2009 to 100 million in 2018/2019 after the 
acquisition of Payzone, the main competitor.

Mugur previously held senior management 
roles in sales and marketing for Nestle and Rhone 
Poulenc. Mugur holds an Executive MBA from 
ASEBUSS and The Kennesaw State University, 
as well as a Professional Certificate in 
Management from the British Open University 
and a degree from the University of Agronomic 
Sciences and Veterinary Medicine of Bucharest.

Tim Watkin-Rees
Founder

Tim was one of the founding Directors of 
PayPoint and was responsible for Group business 
development until March 2018, when he stood 
down from the plc Board. He previously worked 
in retail banking and payments with Lloyds Bank, 
KPMG Management Consultants and Nexus 
(later Sligos and now Atos). He is an Associate 
of the Chartered Institute of Bankers.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report 
 
48

Chairman’s introduction

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Corporate Governance 
Report of PayPoint plc for the year ended 31 March 2019. 
The report sets out details of the Board’s composition, 
its corporate governance arrangements and activities 
during the year, including reports on the activities of 
the Board Committees. 

Overview
In fulfilling its role as the effective head of PayPoint, 
the Board continues to maintain critical oversight of the 
operational management of the organisation by ensuring 
that the right governance procedures are in place for 
delivery of the strategy. Accordingly, the Board held two 
strategy sessions during the year, in September 2018 and 
February 2019, at which presentations were led by the 
Executive Board, and the challenges and progresses of 
the various business functions were considered in depth 
by the Board. Further details of these strategy sessions 
are on page 51.

Governance highlights
I can confirm that the Board was in full compliance with the 
requirements of the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) 2016 UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the Code) which was applicable to 
the Board for the year under review. 

The Board welcomed the publication of the FRC’s new 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code (new Code) as well as The 
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 
(the Regulations) and we are supportive of the corporate 
governance reforms therein. These reforms became effective for 
the Company on 1 April 2019. As a result, the Board reviewed 
existing governance practices and identified areas of alignment 
with the reforms and areas for improvements, to ensure 
compliance with the new Code and the Regulations. My tenure as 
Chairman is dealt with later on in this report. We will report on 
compliance with the new Code and the Regulations in the next 
Annual Report, however the following are some of the significant 
areas where existing practices are in alignment with the new 
Code and the Regulations:
•  as was reported in the 2018 Annual Report, the Board 
established an employee forum to facilitate employee 
engagement by providing a communication platform or 
consultation on relevant business related issues. Gill Barr, 
independent Non-Executive Director, is the appointed Board 
representative who sits on the forum and reports back to the 
Board. Further details on employee forum activities are on 
page 38

•  the Board resolved to hold an additional Board meeting in 
January each year at which matters relating to culture and 
values, employee and wider stakeholder engagement, would 
be considered. The first of such meetings was held in January 
2019, at which the Board also reviewed and formally adopted 
the Company’s purpose 

The Board takes the issue of diversity and inclusion very seriously 
and remains focused on maintaining a diverse and inclusive 
culture on the Board and across the organisation. To this end, the 
Board adopted a refreshed diversity and inclusion policy at its 
meeting in September 2018, which set out the Board objectives 
on diversity and delegated authority to the Nomination 
Committee to implement the policy and monitor progress against 
it. Further information on Board diversity and inclusion is in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 58. 

Giles Kerr, Senior Independent Director, led an internal Board 
effectiveness evaluation exercise. The overall outcome of this 
exercise was positive and a report on the evaluation is on page 55. 

The Board continues to strive for meaningful engagement with 
shareholders and other stakeholders, and in accordance with the 
requirements of the new Code, the Board will continue to take 
shareholder and other stakeholder views into account in the 
Board decision-making process. 

PayPoint Annual Report 201949

Appointment of a new Chief Executive
After 21 years leading PayPoint, Dominic Taylor stepped down 
from his role as Chief Executive and Director of the Board with 
effect from 1 April 2019. Dominic has been an outstanding leader 
of the business during his time as Chief Executive. With the 
support of a strong team, he built the business into a leading bill 
payments and retail services provider in the UK and Romania and 
made significant progress against our strategy of embedding 
PayPoint at the heart of convenience retailing. On behalf of the 
Board and the shareholders, I thank Dominic for his enormous 
contribution. In order to ensure a thorough transition Dominic will 
remain an employee of the Company until 31 December 2019. 

The Board was delighted to welcome Patrick Headon as 
successor to Dominic Taylor. Patrick joined PayPoint on 
1 March 2019 and the Board on 1 April 2019. Patrick is a 
highly experienced senior executive, with extensive relevant 
experience in FMCG, digital and B2B services. 

Further details on the appointment process for the new Chief 
Executive are on page 57.

There has been no change in Non-Executive Directors during the 
year. The Nominations Committee keeps under review the 
balance of skills and experience required from the Non-Executive 
Directors and the composition of the Board and its diversity will 
remain areas of focus in the coming year.

Board Committees
The Board delegates certain roles and responsibilities to 
Committees of the Board as defined in their terms of reference, 
whilst retaining overall responsibility. This governance structure 
enables a deeper level of insight into relevant matters by the 
Committees, before reporting back on outcomes to the Board. 
During the year, in carrying out their duties and responsibilities 
the Committees have worked to ensure compliance with the 
Code and corporate governance regulations. In light of the 
reforms under the new Code and the Regulations, each of the 
Committee’s terms of reference have been reviewed and 
appropriately updated. The Reports of the Nomination 
Committee and the Audit Committee are incorporated in 
this Corporate Governance Report and are on pages 57 
and 60 respectively. 

The Report of the Remuneration Committee is set out in the 
Remuneration Report on page 65. Details of the Market 
Disclosure Committee are on page 50. 

Conclusion
The Corporate Governance Report, the Remuneration Report and 
the Directors’ Report set out in greater detail how the Company 
has complied with the Code and relevant regulations, and the 
framework and processes that the Company has in place to ensure 
the highest levels of corporate governance. I therefore commend 
this report to all our shareholders and wider stakeholders. 

Nick Wiles
Chairman
22 May 2019

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report50

Corporate governance statement 

Compliance statement
The Board considers that throughout the year under review, it has 
complied with the principles and provisions of the 2016 version of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council.

This report describes how the principles of corporate governance 
in the Code have been applied by the Company.

Corporate governance structure
The Board provides effective leadership to the Group within a 
wider corporate governance framework with clearly defined 
roles and responsibilities as illustrated in the chart below. The 
governance framework supports the rigorous challenge by the 
Board of strategy, performance and accountability, which 
encourages the proper implementation of the strategic aims 
of the Company. 

This results in the growth of the business, and protection of the 
interests of shareholders and wider stakeholders.

Leadership

The Board
The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the 
Company and provides effective leadership by setting the strategic aims of 
the Company and overseeing the efficient implementation of these aims in 
order to achieve sustainable growth of the business. The Board delegates 
certain roles and responsibilities to Board Committees and to the Chief 
Executive but still retains overall responsibility. 

It has a schedule of matters reserved for its approval which is contained 
in the delegated authorities document. This allows for in-depth review 
and insight into applicable matters by the Committees before they 
report back to the Board. The matters reserved to the Board including 
the terms of reference of each of the Committees can be found at  
https://corporate.paypoint.com/investor-centre/corporate 

Audit Committee
•  monitors the integrity 
of financial statements 
of the Group

•  monitors compliance with 

financial reporting standards 
and other financial and 
governance reporting 
requirements

Read more on page 60.

Nomination Committee
•  ensures there is a formal, 
rigorous and transparent 
procedure for appointments 
to the Board

•  oversees the development 

of a diverse pipeline

Read more on page 57.

Remuneration Committee
•  ensures the Remuneration 

Policy supports the strategy 
by attracting, motivating and 
retaining the right calibre of 
people

•  ensures that executive 

remuneration is aligned to the 
Company purpose and values, 
and linked to delivery of the 
strategy

Read more on page 65.

Market Disclosure Committee
Oversees the disclosure of 
information by the Company 
to ensure that it meets its 
obligations under the Market 
Abuse Regulations. Its members 
are the Chief Executive, the 
Finance Director and the 
Company Secretary.

Chief Executive
The Chief Executive is responsible for running the Group’s business and in 
doing so, he delegates authority to the Executive Board, to the Managing 
Director and Finance Director of PayPoint Romania and to the Managing 
Director and Finance Director of PayPoint Payment Services Limited. 
His roles and responsibilities are on page 53.

Cyber Security and IT 
Sub-Committee
This is a sub-committee of the 
Audit Committee. It oversees 
cyber security and information 
technology matters pertaining 
to the Group, and reports to the 
Audit Committee. Its membership 
comprises: two Non-Executive 
Directors, the Finance Director 
and the Chief Information Officer.

Read more on page 62.

PayPoint Romania
PayPoint Romania is headed 
by a Managing Director who 
together with the Finance 
Director form the management 
team of the business. They are 
responsible for the day-to-day 
operation of PayPoint Romania. 
The Managing Director reports 
to the Chief Executive.

Executive Board
The Executive Board is headed by the Chief Executive and comprises 
the Finance Director, Chief Information Officer, Chief Commercial Officer, 
HR Director, Company Secretary/Head of Legal and Founder. The Executive 
Board is responsible for the day-to-day operational management of the 
Group (excluding PayPoint Romania and PayPoint Payment Services 
Limited). Matters overseen by the Executive Board include: risk 
management; annual budget for the business; strategy proposals and 
the implementation of strategic plans and other decisions as approved 
by the Board. The Board oversees the activities of the Executive Board.

PayPoint Payment Services 
Limited (PPSL)
PPSL is the FCA regulated entity 
of the Group which is authorised 
as a payment institution to 
provide regulated payment 
services (including certain 
CashOut services) under the 
Payment Services Regulations 
2017. The Managing Director 
of PPSL reports to the Chief 
Executive.

1.  https://www.frc.org.uk/Our-Work/Codes-Standards/Corporate-governance/UK-Corporate-Governance-Code.aspx

PayPoint Annual Report 201951

Meetings
The Board and its Committees meet regularly throughout the 
year with meetings scheduled around key dates in the Company’s 
corporate calendar, and where necessary to consider key 
corporate transactions or events that may arise. As stated in the 
Chairman’s introduction on page 48, during the year, the Board 
resolved to include an additional Board meeting to the Board 
calendar to be held in January, the purpose of which was to 
consider culture and values, and stakeholder engagement. 
Therefore, there were eight scheduled meetings during the 
year under review, seven of which were full Board meetings 
and one was held by telephone conference. The meeting held 
by telephone conference was to consider and approve the 
trading update statement released in July 2018.

In addition, the Board held two strategy sessions during the year. 
The first was a two-day strategy session which was combined 
with scheduled Board and Board Committee meetings in 
September 2018. During this two-day strategy session, the 
Board engaged in-depth consideration and rigorous debate of 
the strategy including monitoring progress made. It was also 
an opportunity for the Board to interact with members of the 
Executive Board and senior management team who were involved 
in presenting the strategy updates to the Board.

The second strategy session was a half-day update session, held 
in February 2019, and was also combined with scheduled Board 
and Committee meetings. The purpose of this session was also 
for the Board to be updated on strategy and to monitor progress 
against the strategy.

The table below shows Directors’ attendance of Board and 
Committee meetings.

Membership of 
Committees

Board

Audit  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

n
o
i
t
a
n
m
o
N

i

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

Directors’ meeting 
attendance 
2018/191

t
i
d
u
A

Non-Executive Directors

Gill Barr

Giles Kerr

Rakesh Sharma

Nick Wiles

Executive Directors

Rachel Kentleton

Dominic Taylor2

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible 
to attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible 
to attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible 
to attend

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible 
to attend

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

5

5

5

5*

5*

5*

5

5

5

5*

5*

5*

7

7

7

7

1*

–

7

7

7

7

1*

–

4

4

4

4

1*

2*

4

4

4

4

1*

2*

*  By invitation – The Executive Directors are not members of any of the Board Committees shown and they attended only the Committee meetings to which they were specifically invited. 
1.  Patrick Headon joined the Board on 1 April 2019, however he did attend the Board meeting in March 2019 by invitation.
2.  Dominic Taylor stepped down from the Board on 1 April 2019.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report52

Corporate governance statement 
continued

The Chairman sets the agenda for the Board and ensures that adequate time is available for discussion of all agenda items, including 
strategic issues. He ensures that informed decisions are reached in an effective manner by facilitating open discussion and debate of 
agenda items by Board members. The Non-Executive Directors meet ahead of each Board meeting to discuss the business and any 
related issues. Consultations with management and with external advisers are held when necessary to aid the Board’s decision-making 
process. The table below shows the key areas of Board activity during the year.

Strategy

Internal control and 
risk management

Business performance 
and financial reporting

Governance

People

Two strategy sessions were held in the year:
•  a two-day session was held in September 2018 at which members of the Executive Board and 

members of the senior management team gave presentations to the Board on the following key topics 
and areas of strategy: long-term summary plan; cash, clients, and MultiPay; parcels; network; retail 
services and relations; innovation; IT strategy; and finance

•  a half-year strategy update session was held in February 2019 at which the Board received updates on 

the progress made in implementation of the strategy since the last session

At both sessions sufficient time was allocated for challenge and debate of the strategy by the Board.
•  considered the implications of Brexit for the Group
•  approved the renewal of insurance policies for the Group
Risk management and oversight of internal controls are delegated by the Board to the Audit Committee 
which reports on its activities to the Board (please refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 60 for 
more on the Committees’ activities on risk management and internal controls).
•  approved the Annual Report and preliminary results announcement
•  approved the half year financial report
•  discussed the first and third quarter trading updates and approved these updates for release 

to the market

•  reviewed management presentations to analysts for the full and half year results
•  approved a move to quarterly dividend payments with effect from 1 April 2019
•  considered and approved the plan for financial year 2019/20
•  reviewed Group forecasts and scrutinised the built-in risks and opportunities
•  received monthly management accounts ahead of every full Board meeting
•  received management reports from the Chief Executive at every full Board meeting, on general 

business operations and key strategic progress updates including areas such as: retailer survey action 
plan, parcels, PayPoint One, client contracts and contract renegotiations, progress updates on the 
integration of a CRM system and general business trading updates for PayPoint UK and Romania
•  received Board Committee reports on the Committee meetings which were usually held prior to the 
Board meetings, and included updates and recommendations on matters that had been delegated 
to the Committees, some of which required Board approval

•  considered and recommended the final dividend for shareholder approval at the annual general 

meeting

•  approved the notice of annual general meeting
•  reviewed corporate governance updates, particularly around the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 

Code (the new Code) and The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018, including the 
Board and Company-wide changes to be implemented to ensure compliance 

•  adopted a refreshed Board policy on diversity and inclusion
•  reviewed investor feedback from the full and half year roadshows
•  approved the Slavery and Human Trafficking statement of the Board for 2018
•  reviewed the Directors’ conflicts of interest register
•  appointed the Senior Independent Director (SID) to lead the internal evaluation of the Board, and 

subsequently reviewed the evaluation report presented by the SID

•  approved the revision of the terms of reference for the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 

Committees in line with the new Code and corporate governance best practice recommendations 

•  received updated shareholder analysis summary reports ahead of every full Board meeting
In light of corporate governance reforms, the Board resolved to add an additional meeting to its annual 
calendar, at which the main areas for discussion would be people, culture and values. The first of such 
meetings was held in January 2019 and the matters considered included: adoption of the PayPoint 
purpose; culture and values; pay philosophy across the organisation; CEO pay ratio; diversity including 
gender and ethnic balance and pay gap; employee engagement and development, recruitment and 
succession across the organisation. 
Other people matters considered during the year were: 
•  reviewed the Group health and safety report at each full Board meeting which covered any health and 

safety incidents that may have occurred and the actions taken in that respect, including any updates on 
previous actions

•  received regular updates on the employee forum from Gill Barr, Non-Executive Director, who is the 

appointed Board representative for the employee forum

•  considered and approved Dominic Taylor stepping down from the Board and his replacement with 

Patrick Headon with effect from 1 April 2019

•  considered and approved the renewal of the Board’s Chairman appointment
•  reviewed the PayPoint gender pay gap report and approved the commitments and actions therein, 

prior to publication of the report

PayPoint Annual Report 201953

Division of roles and responsibilities
There is clear and effective division of roles and responsibilities on the Board as shown below:

Board leadership
Chairman – Nick Wiles
Nick Wiles is responsible for the effective running of the Board and for ensuring that the Board as a whole plays a full and constructive 
part in the development and determination of the Group’s strategy and overall commercial objectives. Upon his appointment, 
he was considered by the Board to be independent in character and judgement in accordance with the Code. His other main 
responsibilities include:
•  setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring the Board receives accurate, timely and clear information on all matters reserved to its 

decision and on the Group’s performance and operations
•  ensuring compliance with the Board’s approved procedures
•  arranging informal meetings of the Directors, including meetings of the Non-Executive Directors at which the Executive Directors 
are not present, as required to ensure that sufficient time and consideration is given to complex, contentious or sensitive issues

•  chairing the Nomination Committee, and, in that role, initiating change and succession planning to retain and build an effective and 
complementary Board, and to facilitate the appointment of effective and suitable members and chairs of Board Committees
•  ensuring effective communication with shareholders led by the Chief Executive and Finance Director, and ensuring that members 

of the Board develop an understanding of the views of major investors

•  promoting the highest standards of integrity, probity and corporate governance at Board level and throughout the Group

Running the business
Chief Executive – Patrick Headon
Patrick Headon is responsible for running the Group’s business, 
and for proposing and developing the Group’s strategy and 
overall commercial objectives, which he does in close 
consultation with the Chairman and the Board. He heads the 
Executive Board, the responsibilities of which are set out on 
page 50. His other main responsibilities include:
•  providing input to the Board’s agenda and ensuring that 

the Executive Board gives appropriate priority to providing 
reports to the Board which contain accurate, timely and 
clear information

•  implementing the agreed strategy with the support of 

the Executive Board

•  ensuring that the Chairman is alerted to forthcoming 
complex, contentious or sensitive issues affecting the 
Group of which he might not otherwise be aware

•  providing information and advice on succession planning, 
to the Chairman, the Nomination Committee and other 
members of the Board, in respect of the Executive Board
•  leading the communication programme with shareholders

Finance Director – Rachel Kentleton
Rachel Kentleton is responsible for all financial reporting, 
investor relations, tax, treasury and financial control aspects of 
the Group. As a member of the Executive Board she also 
provides support to the Chief Executive in the development 
and implementation of the strategy, and in the wider activities 
of the Group, as required.

Constructive challenge and independent oversight
Senior Independent Director – Giles Kerr
Giles Kerr supports the Chairman in his role by acting as a 
sounding board for the Chairman and a trusted intermediary for 
other Directors in resolution of any significant issues that may 
arise. His other main responsibilities include:
•  chairing the Nomination Committee when it is considering 

succession to the role of Chairman of the Board

•  meeting with the Non-Executive Directors at least once a 
year to appraise the Chairman’s performance and on such 
other occasions as are deemed appropriate

•  being available to shareholders if they have concerns which 
contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Chief 
Executive or Finance Director has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate

•  having sufficient contact with major shareholders and 

financial analysts to obtain a balanced understanding of 
the issues and concerns of such shareholders

Non-Executive Directors – Gill Barr, Rakesh Sharma
The Non-Executive Directors bring a strong independent 
element to the Board, and provide constructive challenge and 
support to strategic and other matters addressed by the 
Board. They are expected to attend all scheduled Board and 
Committee meetings, and to devote such time as is necessary 
for the proper performance of their duties.

During the year, the Chairman held meetings with the 
Non-Executive Directors without the presence of the 
Executive Directors. These meetings were held immediately 
following a full Board meeting. There were no unresolved 
concerns about the running of the Company.

Board Support
Company Secretary and Head of Legal – Susan Court
Susan Court is the Secretary to the Board and all its Committees. She provides advice and assistance to the Board on corporate 
governance practices and development, as well as guidance on the legal and regulatory obligations of the Group. Her other 
responsibilities include:
•  supporting the Board and Committee Chairs in annual agenda plan setting
•  ensuring information is made available to the Board members in a timely fashion
•  coordinating training requirements for the Non-Executive Directors
•  organising internal Board and Committee evaluations at the request of the Chairman
•  membership of the Market Disclosure Committee of the Board

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report54

Corporate governance statement
continued

Induction
On joining the Board, all new Directors receive a full, formal and 
tailored induction. Details of Patrick Headon’s induction following 
his appointment to the Board on 1 April 2019, will be detailed in 
next year’s Annual Report.

Training and support
Directors are provided with clear and accurate information on 
matters to be considered at the Board and its Committee 
meetings. This information is provided in a timely manner to 
ensure an appropriate level of review by each Director ahead of 
the meetings. In addition to Board meetings, Directors held Board 
dinners during the year at which relevant items were identified 
beforehand and discussed in detail.

In the course of the year, the Board is briefed on any significant 
changes in the law, regulations, governance codes or 
developments within PayPoint which affect their roles both on 
the Board and on Board Committees. Experts and advisers are 
brought in as necessary to present to the Board or its 
Committees on technical subject matters. For instance, the 
Board received a tailored briefing from agents of the National 
Cyber Security Centre (NCSC), which gave an overview of the 
work of the NCSC and the cyber security tools available to the 
organisation. The Company Secretary also provided updates to 
the Board and its Committees on other governance matters, 
including regular updates on corporate governance reforms.

The Non-Executive Directors are provided with schedules of 
relevant training by external providers which they are encouraged 
to attend at their convenience.

The Directors have access to the Company Secretary as well as 
members of the Executive Board and senior management, and 
they can also seek independent professional advice if this is 
deemed necessary for the proper performance of their duties.

Effectiveness
Composition
The Board is composed of three Non-Executive Directors, 
two Executive Directors and a Non-Executive Chairman. 
The Directors have a broad range of skills, competencies and 
experience which gives them an understanding of the market 
in which PayPoint operates and enables them collectively, as a 
Board, to discharge their responsibilities effectively. This balance 
of skill and independence on the Board creates an environment 
that encourages the effective challenge and development of 
the strategic aims of the Company. 

As Nick Wiles was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in 
October 2009, in July 2018, the Board undertook a thorough 
assessment of his tenure and resolved that the Chairman’s 
appointment as a Director be extended for a further term of 
three years. The Board agreed that the Chairman continues to 
demonstrate objective judgement and promotes constructive 
challenge amongst other Board members. Also, the extension 
would provide stability and aid the implementation of the 
proposed succession plans with respect to Dominic Taylor. 

Dominic Taylor stepped down from the Board and his role as 
Chief Executive and was succeeded by Patrick Headon with 
effect from 1 April 2019. Further information can be found 
in the Nomination Committee report on page 57.

The biographies, including the key skills and competencies, 
of each of the Directors can be found on pages 44 and 45.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive 
Directors and the Executive Directors’ service contracts are 
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office 
during normal business hours and will be made available at 
the annual general meeting.

The Directors have disclosed all their significant external 
commitments which the Board has considered and is satisfied 
that all the Directors are able to allocate sufficient time to the 
Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.

Independence statement
The Board considers its Non-Executive Directors who are 
identified on pages 44 and 45 to be independent. The Board has 
determined that each is independent in character and judgement, 
and is free from any business or other relationship which could 
affect the exercise of his/her judgement.

PayPoint Annual Report 201955

Board evaluation
The Board carries out an evaluation of its performance and that of its Committees every year and the evaluation is carried out by an 
external provider every third year in compliance with the Code. The actions from the last external evaluation and the steps taken against 
the actions are set out below.

Actions from 2017/18 external evaluation

Steps taken

Strategy:
•  continued update and development of the financial reporting 

information received by the Board, including further 
improvement of the consistency and quality of Board 
strategy papers

•  improvement of the process for monitoring, by the Board, 

of strategic implementation during the year, as well as a more 
detailed assessment along product/business lines such that 
the Board can clearly identify: performance/delivery against 
the plan, and the delivery of a greater level of executive 
ownership and accountability

Board process:
•  encouragement of greater challenge and openness of Board 

debate, including:
 – more discussions around potential alternative strategies
 – devotion of greater Board time to strategy discussions 
 – allocation of time to broaden Board discussions

•  addition of one more full Board meeting to the Board calendar, 

in January, to address the specific issues of:
 – business values, diversity and cultural change
 – executive team development
 – formal update of NED training opportunities

Board engagement:
•  increase in availability of opportunities for the Board to engage 

with management across the business

Additional improvements have been made to the quality 
of all papers provided to the Board including those provided 
ahead of the strategy sessions. Board papers are further 
supplemented by management presentations. 

Regular updates on progress against strategic objectives 
are given at each Board meeting, building on specific actions 
agreed at the dedicated strategy sessions held in September 
2018 and February 2019.

The time allocation in Board agendas takes into account the 
need for proper debate. More significant time has been 
dedicated to strategy related discussions throughout the year.

The Board held an additional meeting in January 2019. Topics 
at the meeting included:
•  purpose, culture and values
•  remuneration
•  diversity
•  engagement
•  organisation

Regular updates on NED training opportunities are provided 
to the Board.

The strategy sessions held in September 2018 and February 
2019 involved presentations from the Executive Board and 
senior management team.

During the year the Board undertook an internal evaluation led by the Senior Independent Director (SID). The purpose of the evaluation 
was to identify the areas where the Board, including its Committees, performed well and any areas for improvement. The SID held 
one-to-one meetings with each Director. At these meetings the Directors had the opportunity to raise any concerns and to put forward 
any actions for improvement, both at individual and Board level. The SID collated the information received and then presented the 
results of the evaluation at a Board meeting. The following is a summary of the key outcomes and actions: 

Outcomes

Strategy: 
•  improvement in the quality of Board strategy and financial papers
•  significant improvement in process for monitoring strategic implementation

Board process, composition and engagement: 
•  general satisfaction with Board processes, and introduction of more NED dinners was a welcome addition

Actions

Strategy: 
•  continued close monitoring of strategic initiatives to ensure adequate resources available for implementation

Board process, composition and engagement: 
•  continued review of the Board composition 

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report56

Corporate governance statement 
continued

Re-election
In accordance with the provisions of the Code all Directors submit 
themselves for election or re-election at each annual general 
meeting. The Board’s recommendations in respect of the 
re-election of each Director can be found in the Notice of 
Meeting on pages 123 to 130.

Insurance
The Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect 
of legal action against the directors.

Conflicts of interest
Under the Articles of Association, the Board has authority to 
approve any conflicts or potential conflicts of interest that are 
declared by individual Directors. Conditions may be attached to 
such approvals and Directors will generally not be entitled to 
participate in discussions or vote on matters in which they have 
or may have a conflict of interest.

A register of conflicts is maintained and is reviewed at least 
annually to ensure all details are kept up to date. Authorisation 
is sought prior to the appointment of any new Director or if any 
new conflicts arise. No material conflicts were reported by the 
Directors in the financial year under review.

Accountability
Financial and business reporting
Please refer to the following pages of this Annual Report for 
information on how the Board has carried out the financial and 
business reporting obligations as stipulated under the Code:
•  page 85 for the Board’s responsibility statement setting out 

the steps taken to present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position and prospects
•  pages 8 to 13 for the strategy and business model which 
explains how the Company generates and preserves value 
over the longer term and the strategy for delivering the 
objectives of the Company

•  page 83 for the statement that the financial statements have 

been prepared on a going concern basis

Risk management and internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for establishing and 
maintaining sound risk management and internal control systems, 
and for monitoring of these systems to ensure that they are 
effective and fit for purpose. The Audit Committee provides 
support to the Board in this regard and oversees the monitoring 
process. Further information on the risk management and internal 
control system is set out in the Audit Committee report on 
page 61.

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the nature and 
extent of principal risks facing the Group and how these risks 
could affect the business, financial condition or operations of the 
Group. The explanation of these principal risks including how they 
are being mitigated can be found on pages 32 to 34, and a 
statement on how the Directors have assessed the prospects of 
the Group taking into account the current position and principal 
risks is on page 35. 

Remuneration
Details of how the principles of the Code have been applied in 
respect of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 65 to 81.

Shareholder relations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and accounts play 
an important role in providing shareholders with an evaluation of 
the Company’s position and prospects. The Board aims to 
achieve clear reporting of financial performance to all 
shareholders. The Board acknowledges the importance of an 
open dialogue with its institutional shareholders and welcomes 
correspondence from private investors. The Senior Independent 
Director is available to address any unresolved shareholder 
concerns. The Chairman wrote to major shareholders and had 
meetings with a number of them following the appointment of 
Patrick Headon as a Board member and Chief Executive.

In addition to information in the Annual Report and on the 
PayPoint website, the annual general meeting is an ideal forum 
for interaction between the Board and shareholders and this 
interaction is strongly encouraged.

As done annually, the Executive Directors held ‘roadshows’ for 
institutional investors and analysts twice in the year for a week at 
a time following the release of the full and the half year results. 
These roadshows took place in May/June and November and 
were held in London, Edinburgh and Oxford. An additional two- 
day roadshow took place in February with further shareholder 
engagement comprising regular meetings with investors and 
analysts outside of the roadshows throughout the year. The 
meetings included: Executive Directors attendance of investor 
conferences at which they had one-to-one meetings with 
investors and investor days at which presentations were given by 
members of the Company’s senior management team. The 
discussions at the roadshows and meetings covered a wide range 
of issues which had previously been made public including the 
full/half year results, strategy, performance, management and 
governance. Feedback from analysts and investors following 
these meetings were reported to the Board.

Committees of the Board
The Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Market Disclosure 
Committees are the formally constituted Committees of the 
Board which deal with specific aspects of the Group’s affairs 
in accordance with the duties and responsibilities formally 
delegated to them by the Board. The terms of reference for each 
of the Committees are available on the Company’s website at 
www.corporate.paypoint.com. Details of the Market Disclosure 
Committee are on page 50 and the Reports of the Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees are set out on 
pages 57 to 81.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Nomination Committee Report

57

Chairman’s statement 
on the Nomination 
Committee

Nick Wiles 
Chairman,  
Nomination Committee
22 May 2019

Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the Nomination Committee, I am pleased to 
present the Nomination Committee Report for the year ended 
31 March 2019. During the year under review the key areas of 
focus which are detailed in the Nomination Committee Report 
below included: 
•  succession planning for the Chief Executive
•  internal evaluation of the Committee
•  corporate governance review as pertains to the Committee
•  review of the Committee terms of reference

The Committee continued to assess the balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge on the Board to 
ensure that the Board remained effective and of a sufficient 
size to meet the requirements of the business without 
undue disruption. 

The Nomination Committee comprises Gill Barr, Giles Kerr, 
Rakesh Sharma and myself, as the Committee Chairman. 
The biographies of Committee members are on pages 
44 to 45. 

Responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for the regular review of the 
structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge 
and experience) of the Board and it makes recommendations to 
the Board with regard to any changes. The Committee also gives 
full consideration to succession planning for Directors and the 
Executive Board in the course of its work, taking into account the 
challenges and opportunities facing the skills and expertise 
required. Further details of its responsibilities can be found in 
the Committee’s terms of reference, on the Company’s website  
www.corporate.paypoint.com.

Meetings
Meetings of the Committee are generally held on the day of 
scheduled Board meetings. The Committee met seven times 
during the year. Details of meeting attendance are set out on 
page 51.

Activities during 2018/19
Key activities of the Committee for the year under review 
comprised:

Succession planning: 
The Committee in making recommendations to the Board 
on the appointments of new Directors adopts a transparent 
procedure whereby the required skills, knowledge and 
experience are carefully identified in order to complement 
and create a balance with the existing skill set on the Board.

As a result of discussions during the year between the 
Committee and Dominic Taylor, the Committee explored 
succession options and thoroughly considered the detailed 
requirements for a successor to the role. The Committee 
commissioned an external search using the independent 
executive search firm, Russell Reynolds, which has no other 
connection with the Company, to search for a successor to 
Dominic Taylor. Following briefing calls with each Committee 
member, the Finance Director and Dominic Taylor, Russell 
Reynolds finalised a detailed candidate specification. Some of 
the key attributes considered by the Committee in terms of the 
candidate specification included: strategic thinker with the 
ability to operationalise strategy into day-to-day business 
performance; strong communication and influencing skills; high 
degree of financial literacy and financial astuteness; high 
integrity and a strong commitment to organisational and 
ethical values. Based on the agreed skillset, Russell Reynolds 
undertook a thorough review of the candidate market and 
produced a shortlist of suitable candidates. The shortlisted 
candidates met with each of the Committee members and the 
Finance Director. Patrick Headon was identified as the 
candidate who met all the criteria. The Committee was 
unanimous in its decision to recommend Patrick to the Board 
for appointment as a Director and successor to Dominic Taylor. 

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report58

Nomination Committee Report
continued

Committee evaluation: 
The last external evaluation of the Committee was in 2017/18 and the steps taken against the actions from that evaluation are 
as follows:

Actions
•  summary and documentation of the overall Board succession 
plan by the Nomination Committee Chair, and institution 
of a more formal Nomination Committee process which 
would include improving on the regularity of Committee 
meeting papers

•  regular review of the engagement of the Non-Executive 
Directors with the business in order to maximise access 
to their skills and experience

Steps taken

The Chairman provided regular written updates to the 
Committee on Board structure and development, to facilitate 
meaningful discussion by the Committee and assist with 
succession planning.

The Committee considers the Non-Executive Directors’ 
engagement with the business to ensure their skills are used 
appropriately and to maximise benefit to the business.

As highlighted in the Committee Chairman’s statement, an internal evaluation of the Committee was carried out during the year, led 
by the Senior Independent Director. The process for the evaluation was as set out on page 55 and the outcomes are set out below. 

Outcomes of the internal evaluation 
There were welcome improvements to the Committee’s processes, including the quality of the information and documentation 
disseminated to the Committee. 

Actions from the internal evaluation
The Committee agreed that succession plans for further layers of management within the business would be one of its areas of focus 
going forward. 

Committee governance
In light of the corporate governance reforms in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the new Code), which have implications 
for nomination committees, during the year, the Committee was briefed on the changes in the new Code and considered proposed 
actions that the Committee should take to ensure compliance. 

The Committee also revised its terms of reference in light of the new Code, which was subsequently approved by the Board. 
The revised terms of reference are available to view on the PayPoint website.

Diversity 
Policy
During the year under review, the Board refreshed its diversity and inclusion policy. The Board also has overall responsibility for the 
effective operation of the PayPoint diversity and equality policy and for ensuring compliance with the relevant statutory framework. 
The Board has delegated day-to-day responsibility to the HR Director for operating the PayPoint diversity and equality policy across 
the rest of the Group and ensuring its maintenance and review. 

Statement on diversity
The Board embraces the supporting principles on diversity enshrined in the UK Corporate Governance Code which include diversity 
of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths. 

The Board is committed to ensuring an appropriate balance of skills, knowledge and experience on its board. Diversity is a vital part of 
the continued assessment and enhancement of Board composition, and the Board recognises the benefits of diversity amongst its 
members. The Board will take account of all aspects of diversity in its considerations including, but not limited to gender, industry 
experience, background and race.

All Board appointments are made on merit, in the context of balance of the skills, experience, independence and knowledge which the 
Board as a whole requires to be effective, taking account of diversity in the manner described above.

Policy objectives
The Board takes account of all aspects of diversity in its considerations for succession planning and Board composition, including, but 
not limited to gender, disability, industry experience, background and race. The Board through the Committee engages with executive 
search firms in a manner which enhances opportunities for diverse candidates to be considered for appointment. The Nomination 
Committee supports Board-level diversity throughout the succession planning process. 

At the date of this report, the Board meets the voluntary targets as set out in the Hampton-Alexander Review in respect of gender 
balance in the boardroom, and the targets of the Parker Review in respect of ethnic diversity on UK boards. It is the intention of the 
Board, through the Committee to continue to take these targets into consideration in the Board succession planning process. 

Efforts to increase diversity in the senior management pipeline towards Executive Board positions will continue to be supported, 
and the development of diversity in senior management roles within PayPoint will be encouraged.

PayPoint Annual Report 201959

Monitoring and reporting
The Nomination Committee of the Board is responsible for the 
implementation of the Board diversity and inclusion policy and for 
monitoring progress towards the achievement of its objectives.

The Committee puts particular emphasis on the importance of 
sourcing candidates appropriately widely so that shortlisted 
candidates reflect the desire for increased diversity, in line with 
the Board’s objectives as stated above. In order to assist the 
Board in achieving its commitment, the Nomination Committee 
ensures that only independent executive search firms which 
subscribe to the Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive Search 
Firms, are commissioned in respect of Board appointments.

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive 
Directors and service contracts of Executive Directors are made 
available for inspection at the annual general meeting. Further 
details on diversity throughout the Group including further 
information on the diversity and equality policy can be found 
on page 58.

The Nomination Committee report was approved by the Board 
on 22 May 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Nick Wiles
Chairman, Nomination Committee

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report 
60

Audit Committee Report

Chairman’s statement 
on the Audit Committee

Giles Kerr
Chairman, Audit Committee
22 May 2019

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for the 
year ended 31 March 2019. 

In the year under review, the Audit Committee has focused on 
carrying out robust assessments of principal risks and internal 
control systems, and looking into how these are managed and 
mitigated. The Committee also reviewed the integrity of the 
Group’s financial reporting, and advised the Board that, taken 
as a whole, the 2019 Annual Report and accounts, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the position and 
performance of the Company. In its assessment the 
Committee considered the audit findings and Auditor’s 
Report including the significant judgements and issues 
identified in those reports. The Committee also took into 
consideration the following which had been presented to 
the Board during the year:
•  a clear strategy of the Group and the progress updates 

thereof

•  the Group’s monthly management accounts
•  the budget plan for the financial year including the 

identified risks and opportunities

•  the Group forecasts

In line with the corporate governance reforms highlighted 
earlier in the report, the Committee reviewed and revised its 
terms of reference to ensure compliance. The processes and 
activities of the Committee are kept under regular review in 
accordance with regulatory and market developments. 

Following the external evaluation of the Committee as 
detailed in the last Annual Report, I, in my capacity as Senior 
Independent Director led the internal evaluation of the Board 
and its Committees as described on page 55. The appropriate 
steps which have been taken against the actions identified in 
the last external evaluation are as shown below, and the 
outcome of the internal evaluation is set out on page 61. 

Actions
•  reinvigoration of the 

internal audit function and 
its engagement with the 
Committee and the Board

•  oversight of the 

implementation plans put 
in place by management to 
ensure compliance with 
GDPR

Steps taken

Steps have been taken to 
strengthen the internal audit 
capability in addition to 
retaining Grant Thornton as 
internal auditors.

As part of the risk review 
process the Committee 
oversaw the prioritisation of 
controls required to comply 
with GDPR. This process was 
ongoing throughout the year.

The following Audit Committee report gives an insight into 
the activities undertaken or overseen by the Committee.

Committee composition and meetings
The Audit Committee comprises Gill Barr, Rakesh Sharma and 
Giles Kerr, as Chairman. The Board considers that Giles Kerr has 
recent and relevant financial experience in accordance with the 
Code. Full biographical details of each of the Committee 
members, including their relevant financial and sector experience, 
are set out on pages 44 and 45. 

The Committee met five times during the financial year. 
The details of meeting attendance are set out on page 51. 
By invitation, meetings were also attended by the Chairman of 
the Board, the Chief Executive, the Finance Director, and the 
Head of Risk and Compliance. The external auditor and internal 
auditor, also attended Committee meetings as appropriate. 

The Committee meetings generally take place on the same 
day as, but prior to, the Company full Board meetings. Where 
all the Board members have not been in attendance at an Audit 
Committee meeting, either as a member of the Committee or 
by invitation, the Chairman of the Committee reports to the 
Board as part of a separate agenda item, on the activities 
of the Committee.

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Audit Committee include: 
•  monitoring the integrity of the Company’s reporting process, 
including the financial statements of the Company and any 
formal announcements relating to the Company’s financial 
performance and financial management

•  oversight and monitoring of the effectiveness of the internal 

control and risk management systems in place 

•  in-depth review of the full and half year financial statements 
including key judgements therein, before recommending 
these to the Board for approval 

•  oversight of the internal and external audit processes, 
including auditor independence, appointment and 
effectiveness, as well as the policy on non-audit services 

PayPoint Annual Report 201961

Committee activities for 2018/19
In the year under review the work undertaken by the Audit Committee was as follows:

Financial reporting:
•  review of the preliminary and interim results announcements
•  review of the Annual Report with particular reference to the significant risks, the Audit Committee report, disclosures relating to 

performance, business model and strategy and consideration as to whether the Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable

•  recommendation to the Board that the Annual Report and accounts taken as a whole, is fair balanced and understandable
•  review of significant accounting judgements (as reported on page 62)
•  consideration of the going concern basis for preparation of the financial statements
•  consideration of the viability statement. In doing so the Committee had regard to an assessment which modelled the possible 
occurrence of significant risks and events, and which showed that PayPoint would continue to be viable and profitable over the 
three-year period

•  recommendation of the viability statement and going concern statement to the Board
•  review of the external auditor reports and the outcomes of the audit process
•  review of the impact of IFRS15 on the Group Plan
•  review of the tax strategy of PayPoint, and recommendation to the Board for approval
•  review of PayPoint’s approach to treasury, and recommendation to the Board for approval of the treasury policy

External auditor:
•  review of external auditor independence and effectiveness, including recommendation to the Board for the reappointment of 

KPMG LLP as external auditor

•  review and approval of auditor remuneration

Internal auditor:
•  review of the internal auditor’s engagement and consideration of the extension of the engagement
•  consideration of internal audit reports presented during the year. These reports covered areas such as: EPoS project assurance 
audit; independent retail sales; operational and overnight processing; and anti-money laundering controls in PayPoint Payment 
Services Limited

Audit plans:
•  consideration and approval of the internal and external audit plans

Risk management and internal controls:
•  review of insurance renewal proposals 
•  review of whistleblowing reports
•  in-depth consideration and review of the comprehensive reports produced by the Head of Risk and Compliance on risk 

management and internal controls within the Group. These reports are presented by the Head of Risk and Compliance at all 
Committee meetings and over the course of the year, covered the following areas: 
 – for each risk on the corporate risk register, key findings from risk review that may have been carried out since the last 

Committee meeting, the updated risk register and outstanding risk reviews and audit actions

 – fraud monitoring and reporting
 – report and update on the strategic management risk review 
 – newly identified risks
 – risk review of PayPoint Romania
 – report on the transactions and settlements in PayPoint Payment Services Limited
 – reports on audits of the business carried out by PayPoint clients

•  review of BSI assessment reports. BSI carry out independent audits of the PayPoint network operations
•  review of GDPR project updates
•  review of supplier management and the Group procurement policy

Committee governance:
•  review of reports from the Cyber Security & Information Technology sub-committee. See page 62 for details on this committee

Committee evaluation: 
As highlighted in the Committee Chairman’s statement, an internal evaluation of the Board and its Committees was carried out during 
the year. The process for the evaluation is as set out on page 55. The outcome including action for improvement are as set out below.

Outcome of the internal evaluation of the Committee
In the evaluation report the Senior Independent Director found that the committee continued to work well together, and there had 
been significant improvements in the risk reporting to the Audit Committee. 

Action
•  increased Committee focus on areas such as retailer sentiment and new systems implementation including the attendant 

processes and procedures

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report62

Audit Committee Report
continued

Significant judgements
The significant issues considered by the Committee in relation to 
the 2019 accounts, and how these were addressed, were:

Judgement: capitalised development expenditure
An accounting judgement at the statement of financial position 
date that has a risk of causing an adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities through estimation uncertainty 
is the evaluation of capitalised development expenditure shown 
in intangible assets.

Critical estimate: useful economic lives of intangible assets
The useful life used to amortise intangible assets relates to the 
expected future performance of the assets and management’s 
judgement of the period over which economic benefit will be 
derived from the asset. For development costs, the Group has 
determined the useful life based on historical experience with 
similar products and platforms controlled by the Group as well 
as anticipation of future events which may impact their life such 
as changes in technology. 

Significant judgement: agent vs principal 
A critical judgement for revenue recognition is PayPoint’s 
assessment of whether it is acting as a principal or agent. 
This includes evaluating: 
a)  which party was responsible for fulfilling the promise to 

provide the service;

b)  inventory risk before the service is transferred to a customer; 

and

c)  discretion in establishing the price for the service.

In most cases it was clear that PayPoint acts in the capacity of 
the agent for clients, however in the case of mobile top-ups in 
Romania due to the nature of the product this becomes a key 
judgement area. Revenues are recognised on the principal basis 
considering the level of service responsibility, inventory risk and 
price discretion held by PayPoint. This is consistent with the 
judgement in prior years. 

The cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards as principal was 
£48.5 million (2018: £44.9 million). 

Significant judgement: recognition of cash and cash 
equivalents
The nature of bill payments services means that PayPoint collects 
and holds funds on behalf of clients and also retains retailer 
deposits as security for those collections. The recognition of 
cash, retailer receivables and the related client payables is a key 
judgement area as those funds pass through the settlement 
process.

PayPoint uses the following criteria to determine whether clients’ 
funds and retailers’ deposits are recognised on balance sheet:
a)  existence of a binding agreement clearly identifying the 

beneficiary of the funds;

b)  the identification, ability to allocate and separability of funds; 

and

c)  identification of the holder of those funds at any point in time.

Where there is a binding agreement specifying that PayPoint 
holds funds on behalf of the client (i.e. acting in the capacity of a 
trustee) and those funds have been separately identified as 
belonging to that beneficiary, the cash and the related liability is 
held off balance sheet. In all other situations the cash and 
corresponding liability are recognised on the balance sheet. 

Risk of revenue recognition
The Committee continued to focus on revenue recognition during 
the year due to the level of transactions and the complexity of the 
systems. The Committee was pleased to note that no errors were 
found as a result of the auditor’s work in this area.

Judgement: carrying value of investments (Company accounts)
An accounting judgement for the Company which has a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to net asset value 
of the Company is the carrying value of investments held in its 
subsidiary companies and joint operation. The carrying value of 
these investments (at cost less accumulated impairments) were 
assessed against their fair value using discounted cash flow 
models of each subsidiary and joint venture. The fair value of the 
investments was in excess of the carrying value. 

Judgement: impact from Brexit
PayPoint has carried out an assessment of the impact of a 
no-deal Brexit scenario by identifying key risks to its operating 
model. Whilst no business can mitigate against the impact of 
Brexit, actions to reduce disruption in the short term were 
undertaken. Details of the risks are included in the principal risks 
and uncertainties found on page 34. Furthermore, as part of the 
viability assessment (see page 35), a scenario of a systematic risk 
in the markets we operate was assessed including the impact on 
retailers and clients. The Directors concluded that PayPoint is 
a viable operation.

Cyber Security & Information Technology sub-committee
The Cyber Security & Information Technology sub-committee 
(Cyber sub-committee) was established as a sub-committee of 
the Audit Committee to oversee cyber security and IT matters 
pertaining to the Group in order to report back to the Audit 
Committee. Its key responsibilities include:
•  advise the Audit Committee on current cyber and information 

security risk exposure of the Group

•  review the Group’s policies established to assess, monitor and 
mitigate the significant cyber and information security risk 
exposures 

•  review reports on the Group’s cyber and information security 

breach response plan

•  review cyber incident reports 
•  assess the adequacy of the Group‘s cyber and information 

security related insurance cover

The composition of the sub-committee is: two Non-Executive 
Directors – Rakesh Sharma and Giles Kerr, as Chairman of the 
sub-committee, the Finance Director, and the Chief Information 
Officer, Jon Marchant, who is also on the Executive Board 
(see page 46 for Jon’s biography details). The Company 
Secretary is the secretary to the sub-committee.

During the year the Cyber sub-committee held two meetings at 
which the Head of Risk and Compliance was also in attendance 
by invitation. Some of the key matters considered by the 
sub-committee at its meetings included: the integration of the 
Payzone/PayPoint networks in Romania, following the acquisition 
of Payzone Romania; review of updates on the technical controls 
implemented as a result of GDPR requirements; review of cyber 
security risk management; review of cyber security incident 
report and review of cyber security insurance limits.

PayPoint Annual Report 201963

External audit
The effectiveness of the audit process is underpinned by 
appropriate audit planning and risk identification at the outset 
of the audit cycle. The auditor provides a detailed audit plan 
identifying its assessment of the risks and other key matters for 
review. For the year ended 31 March 2019, the primary risks 
identified were: risk of revenue recognition; carrying value of 
investments and impact from Brexit. As part of the audit planning 
process, the auditor provided a statement of confirmation of 
independence to the Board and the Audit Committee, which 
confirmed that in their professional judgement KPMG was 
independent within the meaning of regulatory and professional 
requirements and the objectivity of the partner and audit staff 
remained unimpaired.

The Committee reviews and challenges the work undertaken by 
the auditor to test management’s assumptions on these matters. 
An assessment of the effectiveness of the audit process in 
addressing these items is based on the auditor’s reports for the 
half year and year end. The Committee seeks feedback from 
management on the effectiveness of the audit process. No 
significant issues were raised with respect to the audit process 
for the period and the quality of the audit process was assessed 
to be good.

The Audit Committee meets the external auditor without the 
Executive Directors being present. Procedures are in place, which 
allow access at any time to the Audit Committee by both external 
and internal auditor. 

In accordance with its policy on auditor independence and the 
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor, the 
Committee reviews and monitors the auditor’s independence and 
objectivity. This is done by considering the auditor’s statement of 
confirmation of independence, and discussing any identified 
threats to independence and the safeguards applied to mitigate 
those threats. The Committee also considers all relationships 
between the Company and the audit firm, including their network 
firms and whether those relationships appear to impair the 
auditor’s independence and objectivity. 

The Committee’s assessment of the external auditor’s 
performance and independence was found to be satisfactory 
and this underpinned its recommendation to the Board to 
propose to shareholders the reappointment of KPMG as external 
auditor for the year ending 31 March 2020. There are no 
contractual obligations restricting the Committee’s choice of 
auditor. The notice of the annual general meeting at which a 
resolution for reappointment of the auditor will be proposed, 
can be found on pages 123 to 130.

Non-audit services
In accordance with the FRC Revised Ethical Standard 2016, 
the Committee has a policy on auditor independence and the 
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. This policy 
is a guide to the types of work that it is acceptable for the 
external auditor to undertake, and provides clarity on the process 
to be followed for approval of the provision of non-audit services 
by the external auditor. The policy also covers the 70% cap on 
non-audit fees as prescribed by the EU audit regulation. It states 
that subject to prior approval by the Finance Director, the fees for 
permitted non-audit services provided by the external auditor 
must not exceed a specified amount and must have a cumulative 
annual total of less than 23% of that year’s audit fee before VAT. 

The ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees paid to the auditor for 
the year was 17%, with non-audit services limited to assurance 
services for the half year review. Details of the auditor’s 
remuneration for the statutory audit and non-audit services, 
are set out in note 8 to the financial statements.

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining the 
Group’s system of internal control, and for regularly reviewing 
its effectiveness. The Board carries out robust and regular 
assessments of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity. These risks are disclosed 
on pages 32 to 34 together with how they are being managed 
or mitigated. 

PayPoint has risk management processes in place the purpose 
of which is to identify, assess, quantify, control, avoid, transfer 
or accept risk in line with the risk appetite and in order to ensure 
that the business can maximise and protect its value. 

Risk management is embedded in the organisation and within 
all projects and operational processes. It is entrenched in 
the operation of the business at all levels in order to drive 
improvements and prevent non-compliance in business 
processes. The risk management system is designed to manage, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and therefore can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material mis-statement or loss.

The framework for the risk management process applied during 
the year was as follows:

The Head of Risk and Compliance identifies risks through 
discussions with Executive Board members and senior 
managers in each business function across the Group.

Identified risks are documented in risk registers associated 
with business functions or key risk areas. Newly identified risks 
are assessed by the Executive Board and reported to the Audit 
Committee prior to their documentation.

The main areas of risk to the Group are recorded in the 
Corporate Risk Register (CRR) which contains a high-level 
description of risks that fall within ten distinct areas of the 
business: innovation and market changes; culture; dependence 
on key clients and retailers; competitor activity; partners and 
suppliers; interruptions in processes and systems; legislation or 
regulatory reforms and risk of non-compliance; cyber security, 
data protection, resilience and business continuity; attracting 
and retaining key talent; and ‘hard’ Brexit.

Reports on each of the key risk areas in the CRR are presented 
by the Head of Risk and Compliance for review at every Audit 
Committee meeting. In addition, the Audit Committee receives 
regular updates on ongoing risk management, control systems 
and processes which are discussed at its meetings.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report64

Audit Committee Report
continued

The key features of the Group’s internal control systems that 
ensure the accuracy and reliability of financial reporting include: 
clearly defined lines of accountability and delegation of authority; 
policies and procedures that cover financial planning and 
reporting; preparation of monthly management accounts, project 
governance and information security; and review of the 
disclosures within the Annual Report and accounts from 
functional leads to ensure that the disclosures made 
appropriately reflect the developments within the Group in the 
year and meet the requirement of being fair, balanced and 
understandable.

During the year the Committee continued its robust management 
of risk whereby it reviewed different risk areas on the risk register 
at each Committee meeting and assessed the management and 
mitigation of these risk areas. The Head of Risk and Compliance 
attended all meetings of the Committee to present the risk 
management reports and respond directly to any queries the 
Committee had on the report. 

Following the strategic risk review carried out by the Executive 
Board in 2018 and facilitated by the internal auditor, Grant 
Thornton UK LLP (Grant Thornton), the objectives of the risk 
management process are as follows:
•  maintain an effective risk management and reporting 

framework

•  regularly review the set of strategic (Tier 1) risks owned by the 

Executive Board

•  review of risk appetite and mitigating controls
•  update the risk registers which categorise risks into the 

following tiers:
 – tier 1 – strategic risk register – Executive Board/Audit 

Committee

 – tier 2 – corporate risk register – appointed senior managers
 – tier 3 – department, product and project risk registers – 
individual line managers, product or project managers
•  review of outstanding risk review actions to justify, close out 

or remove as signed off by Executive Board owner

The objectives and completion of the actions arising from the 
strategic risk review that took place in the 2018/19 financial year 
have been achieved. 

All procedures necessary to comply with the FRC’s Internal 
Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code 
have been in place throughout the period under review and up 
to the date of approval of the Annual Report and financial 
statements. The Directors have conducted a formal review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control during the 
year under review and up to the date of approval of the Annual 
Report and accounts. No significant failings or weaknesses were 
identified during the review.

Whistleblowing 
The Company continuously seeks to prevent malpractice (including 
criminal offences or activity, fraud, financial mismanagement or 
corruption, health and safety issues, breach of compliance or 
legislation, bribery or corruption) in its business. However, if any 
malpractice is discovered, there are whistleblowing processes in 
place to ensure that this is properly addressed in accordance with 
guidance published by the UK Department for Business Innovation 
& Skill.

Employees who bring information about malpractice to the 
attention of management through the whistleblowing processes, 
are protected. In accordance with the policies in place, the 
Executive Board and senior management have a duty to ensure 

that they are approachable, welcome disclosure, value 
communication and that there is no fear of reprisal. Under no 
circumstances would the informant be subject to victimisation 
or harassment as a consequence of their disclosure.

The Committee has ‘whistleblowing’ as a standing item on 
the agenda of all its meetings, and any instances of employee 
disclosures concerning malpractice are reported to the 
Committee. There were no instances of malpractice reported 
to the Committee during the year.

Anti-bribery and corruption 
The Company operates an anti-bribery and corruption policy 
which was put in place in response to the UK Bribery Act 2010. 
This policy sets out the responsibilities of employees of the 
Group in observing and maintaining the Group’s position on 
bribery and corruption, which is that PayPoint will uphold all laws 
relevant to countering bribery and corruption in all the 
jurisdictions in which it operates. All employees are required to 
undertake a Bribery Corruption Awareness training programme 
as part of their induction process upon joining the Group. 
Subsequent to their induction, employees who are deemed to 
be at risk by virtue of their roles, are required to attend a tailored 
anti-bribery and corruption training course which is organised 
internally on a yearly basis.

Internal audit
The Committee is responsible for approving a rigorous internal 
audit programme (the Programme) covering all the Group’s key 
business areas. The Programme was approved in March 2014 
when the current internal auditors, Grant Thornton UK LLP 
(Grant Thornton), were appointed following a tender process. 
Each year the Programme is reviewed during the internal audit 
planning process, to ensure that any changes are taken into 
account. In addition to reviewing the Programme, Grant 
Thornton, in forming the internal audit plan for the year under 
review also consulted with a number of key stakeholders in the 
business including the Audit Committee Chairman, the Finance 
Director and the Head of Risk and Compliance and reviewed 
previous internal audit and other assurance work. The Committee 
approved the internal audit plan for the year, and reviewed the 
audit findings which were presented to it by Grant Thornton 
following the internal audit. The areas covered by the internal 
audit in the year included: 
•  supplier management processes in Romania
•  independent retail sales processes in the UK
•  anti-money laundering controls in PayPoint Payment 

Services Limited

•  overnight processing carried out by the UK IT Operations teams
•  PayPoint and Payzone integration progress in Romania

The Committee assessed the effectiveness of Grant Thornton 
as internal auditors and concluded that, following the changes 
implemented during the prior year, they were performing well 
and were demonstrating continued improvement. It has been 
agreed that the internal audit capability will be strengthened 
to complement the service provided by Grant Thornton. 

The Audit Committee report was approved on 22 May 2019 
and signed on its behalf by:

Giles Kerr
Chairman, Audit Committee

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Directors’ Remuneration Report

ANNUAL STATEMENT

65

Work of the Committee during the year 
The Committee met four times during 2018/2019 and details of 
members’ attendance at meetings are provided on page 51. The 
main Committee activities during the year (full details of which 
are set out in the relevant sections of this report) included:
•  agreeing Executive Director base salary increases from 

1 July 2018

•  agreeing the performance against the targets and payout 

for the 2017/18 annual bonus awards

•  setting the performance targets for the 2018/19 annual 

bonus

•  agreeing the award levels and performance targets for the 

2018 LTIP awards

•  considering the results and implications and required 

disclosures of the Gender Pay Gap Reporting

•  considering the implications of the new UK Corporate 

Rakesh Sharma
Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee
22 May 2019

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report, 
prepared by the Remuneration Committee and approved by 
the Board, for the financial year ended 31 March 2019.

The report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 
of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the 
Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority and the prevailing UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). The report is split 
into two sections being: 
•  the Remuneration Policy – which provides a summary of 
the Remuneration Policy for which shareholder approval 
was obtained at the 2017 annual general meeting and 
which will continue to apply without amendment for the 
forthcoming year

•  the Annual Report on Remuneration – which discloses 
the implementation of our Remuneration Policy for the 
year ended 31 March 2019 and how the Policy will be 
implemented for the year ending 31 March 2020

As no changes are proposed to the existing Policy given that 
the Remuneration Committee believes that it continues to 
promote the long-term success of the Company, only one 
remuneration resolution in respect of Directors’ remuneration 
will be tabled at the 2019 annual general meeting – i.e. the 
advisory shareholder vote on the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. In addition, in connection with a small number 
of below Board restricted share awards, a resolution will 
be tabled to seek shareholder approval for the PayPoint 
restricted share plan, further details of which are set out 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Governance Code on the Committee’s Terms of Reference 
and the Remuneration Policy 

•  agreeing the packages in respect of Dominic Taylor stepping 
down as Chief Executive and Patrick Headon being appointed 
to replace him

•  agreeing the adoption of a restricted share plan for below 
Board participants and agreeing the first award to ensure 
the retention of critical talent in light of the succession 
of the Chief Executive

Pay and performance
In accordance with its terms of reference, the Committee 
continues to ensure the clear linkage of Executive Directors’ 
pay and performance to the strategy and enhancement of 
shareholder value. 

In assessing the performance of the 2018/19 annual bonus and 
the 2015 LTIP award, the Committee considered the financial and 
operational performance of the Group as well as the progress 
made in the ongoing delivery of the strategy. Annual bonuses for 
the year under review ranged from 69% to 71% of maximum, 
reflecting economic profit of £38.8 million and the partial 
achievement of the strategic targets. 25% of the Finance 
Director’s bonus will be deferred into shares which will vest after 
three years from grant, subject to continued employment. No 
deferral will apply to Dominic Taylor’s bonus award given the 
announcement of his departure date. 

The LTIP awards granted in 2016 will be performance-tested in 
June 2019 and, based on TSR performance to date relative to 
FTSE 250 index constituents (excluding investment trusts), we 
expect full vesting of these awards.

Finally, the deferred annual bonus awards which were granted in 
2016 in respect of the 2015/16 annual bonus awards will vest in 
June 2019.

The Committee is comfortable that the Executive Directors 
rewards for the year ended 31 March 2019 are appropriately 
aligned to the Company’s performance that has been delivered 
over the one-year performance period of the annual bonus and 
three-year performance period for the DABS and LTIP awards.

Discretion
The Committee has not exercised discretion (positive or 
negative) in the year ended 31 March 2019.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report66

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Board changes
As announced on 19 February 2019, Dominic Taylor stepped 
down as Chief Executive of the Company with effect from 1 April 
2019. He will remain as an employee until 31 December 2019 to 
ensure a smooth transition. No payments for loss of office were, 
or will be, made in this regard. Full details of the remuneration 
arrangements in respect of his departure are detailed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Having joined the business on 1 March 2019 to ensure some time 
to familiarise himself with the business, Patrick Headon replaced 
Dominic Taylor in the role of Chief Executive from 1 April 2019. 
Details of the main elements of Patrick’s package are as follows:
•  base salary: £470,000 (set at a discount to Dominic 

Taylor’s salary)

•  benefits: (i) a £25,000 annual allowance in respect of car 
allowance, petrol, life insurance, medical insurance and 
permanent health insurance; and (ii) a one-off relocation 
allowance of £47,000, subject to deductions for income tax 
and national insurance and remaining in employment for 
a minimum of two years from date of payment
•  pension: 6% of salary (i.e. workforce aligned)
•  incentives: 150% of salary maximum bonus and 175% of salary 

annual LTIP award (consistent with the outgoing Chief 
Executive’s incentive potential)

Implementing the Remuneration Policy for 2019/20
The Remuneration Committee intends to operate the 
Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors for 2019/20 
as follows:
•  as noted above, the Chief Executive’s salary was set at 

£470,000 from appointment and the next salary review date 
will be 1 July 2020. The Finance Director’s salary will be 
increased by 3% to £325,171 from 1 July 2019, broadly in line 
with the general workforce

•  annual bonus provision will remain at 150% of salary for the 
Chief Executive and 106% of salary for the Finance Director 
and targets will be based on profit, revenue and stretching 
strategic targets. Profit before tax will replace economic profit 
in the interests of greater internal alignment, line of sight and 
simplicity and revenue is being introduced for a minority of the 
bonus to reflect the importance of sustainable revenue 
growth to the Company achieving earnings growth. No 
changes will be made to bonus deferral – 50% of the Chief 
Executive’s bonus and 25% of the Finance Director’s bonus 
will be deferred in shares for three years

•  LTIP awards will be granted in 2018 at 175% of salary for the 
Chief Executive and 125% of salary for the Finance Director. 
Targets will continue to measure absolute EPS growth and 
relative Total Shareholder Return. A two-year post-vesting 
holding period will apply

Further details are set out on pages 80 and 81 and in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Further details on the implementation of the Remuneration Policy 
are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Concluding remarks
I am pleased to state that at our 2018 annual general meeting, 
we received the support of 99.34% of shareholders who voted 
on our Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

On behalf of the Committee I thank shareholders for their 
continued support and we welcome all shareholder feedback 
on this report and the Remuneration Policy more generally. 

PayPoint Annual Report 201967

REMUNERATION POLICY

Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chairman, Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

Policy duration
This Directors’ Remuneration Policy was put to a binding shareholder vote at the annual general meeting on 26 July 2017 and received 
majority shareholder support. This Policy is intended to remain in place for a maximum of three years from approval. 

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
When making decisions on Executive Director remuneration, the Committee considers pay and conditions across PayPoint. 
In particular, it is anticipated that salary increases for senior executives will have regard to those of salaried employees as a whole. 

Consideration of shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular dialogue with its major shareholders and when determining remuneration, takes into 
account the guidelines of investor bodies and shareholder views. The Committee continues to monitor trends and developments in 
corporate governance and market practice to ensure the structure of the executive remuneration remains appropriate and commits to 
undergo a shareholder consultation in advance of any material changes to Remuneration Policy. 

Executive Directors’ remuneration
The table below summarises our policy on each element of the remuneration package for Executive Directors.

Element and link to strategy Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Fixed

Base salary
Takes account of personal 
contribution and 
performance against 
Company strategy.

Reviewed annually, with account 
taken of responsibility and skills, the 
individual Director’s performance 
and experience, pay for comparable 
roles and pay and conditions 
throughout the Company.

Any base salary increases 
are applied in line with the 
outcome of the annual review 
and normal salary increases will 
have regard to those of salaried 
employees as a whole. 

The salary review takes into 
account individual and Company 
performance.

Salary increases will be limited 
to no more than 15% a year, 
unless there is an exceptional 
change in the size or structure 
of the business which 
materially changes the scope 
of responsibilities (there will be 
no cap on salary levels for new 
recruits or promotions to the 
Board, or promotions within 
the Board).

Executive Directors may 
receive a contribution and/or 
a cash allowance in lieu of 
pension, up to 20% of salary.

Benefits vary by role and 
individual circumstances and 
are reviewed periodically. 
Benefits will not normally 
exceed 15% of salary.

The Committee retains 
discretion to approve a 
higher cost in exceptional 
circumstances (e.g. relocation) 
or in circumstances where 
factors outside the Company’s 
control have changed 
materially (e.g. increases in 
insurance premiums).

None.

None.

Pension
Provides market 
appropriate benefits.

The Company makes contributions 
to personal pension plans or cash 
allowance in lieu of pension.

Benefits
Provides appropriate 
market benefits.

Benefits may include, but are 
not limited to, car allowance, 
health insurance and employee 
share plans. 

In certain circumstances, the 
Committee may also approve the 
provision of additional allowances 
relating to the relocation of an 
Executive Director and other 
expatriate benefits to perform 
his or her role.

All reasonable business related 
expenses will be reimbursed 
(including any tax due thereon).

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report68

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Element and link to strategy Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Variable

Annual bonus and 
Deferred Annual Bonus 
Scheme (DABS)
Rewards delivery of the 
Group’s annual financial 
and strategic goals and 
supports retention.

Long-Term Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)
Drives sustained 
long-term performance, 
aids retention and aligns 
the interests of 
Executive Directors with 
shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews and agrees measures, 
targets and weightings at the 
beginning of each financial year.

At the end of the year, the 
Remuneration Committee 
determines the extent to which 
targets have been achieved.

Under the DABS at least 25% of 
any annual bonus award is 
deferred into conditional share 
awards, deferred cash or nil-cost 
options for at least three years, 
subject to continued employment.

Dividends accrue on deferred 
awards as additional share 
entitlements over the deferral 
period but would only vest on 
awards that vest.

Awards are subject to clawback 
and malus provisions (see notes to 
the policy table).

Annual awards of conditional share 
awards or nil-cost options vesting 
subject to performance and 
continued employment over at 
least three years. 

Subject to shareholder approval, 
awards granted from 2017 
onwards will be subject to a 
two-year holding period, which will 
continue to apply post cessation.

Award levels and performance 
conditions are reviewed by the 
Committee in advance of grant 
to ensure they remain appropriate.

Awards are subject to clawback 
and malus provisions (see notes to 
the policy table). Dividends may 
accrue as additional share 
entitlements over the vesting 
period but would only be paid 
on awards that vest.

150% of salary.

A minority of the bonus would 
be payable for achieving 
threshold performance. 
Where appropriate, a sliding 
scale between threshold and 
maximum performance will be 
used to determine the payout 
under each metric.

The majority of the award will be 
based on financial targets. 

A minority of the award may be 
based on strategic/personal 
targets.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews and agrees targets at the 
beginning of each financial year and 
may subsequently adjust those 
targets as detailed in the notes to 
this table. 

The Remuneration Committee also 
has the discretion to adjust the 
formulaic bonus outcomes both 
upwards (within the plan limits) 
and downwards, to ensure that 
payments are a true reflection of 
performance of the Company over 
the performance period, e.g. in the 
event of unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management control. 
Any use of discretion will be 
explained in the respective Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Annual awards of 
performance shares of up to 
200% of salary for Executive 
Directors. 

Financial performance metrics 
(e.g. earnings per share) and/or 
share price related metrics 
(e.g. Total Shareholder Return).

Achievement of threshold 
level of performance results 
in no more than 25% of 
maximum vesting. 

Where appropriate, a sliding 
scale between threshold and 
maximum performance will be 
used to determine the payout 
under each metric.

Where TSR is operated, the 
Remuneration Committee will 
satisfy itself that the recorded 
TSR is a genuine reflection of the 
underlying financial performance 
of the Company.

In addition:
•  the Remuneration Committee 
has the discretion to adjust the 
formulaic outcomes to ensure 
alignment of pay with 
performance, i.e. to ensure the 
outcome is a true reflection of 
the performance of the 
Company, e.g. in the event of 
unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management control
•  if events occur which cause the 
Committee to consider that 
these performance 
requirements have become 
unfair or impractical, it may, 
in its discretion, amend the 
performance requirements so 
that they are no more or less 
difficult to satisfy than when 
it was originally set

PayPoint Annual Report 201969

Element and link to strategy Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Variable

Shareholding guidelines
Encourages a long-term 
focus and aligns the 
interests of Executive 
Directors with 
shareholders.

All-employee share 
plans
Encourage share 
ownership across all 
employees

Shareholding guidelines require 
Executive Directors to acquire a 
specified shareholding. 

Executive Directors are required to 
retain 50% of any LTIP and deferred 
bonus shares acquired on vesting 
(net of tax) until the guideline level 
is achieved. Acquired holdings may 
be held by spouses or dependent 
family members.

Operation of an HMRC-approved 
all-employee share plan (currently 
a SIP).

Executive Directors may participate 
on the same basis as all other 
eligible employees.

Chief Executive: 200% of 
salary.

Other Directors: 150% of 
salary.

N/A

Up to the prevailing HMRC 
approved limits.

None.

Notes to the policy table
Payments from previous awards
The Company will honour any commitments entered into prior to the approval and implementation of the Remuneration Policy as 
detailed in this report, and Executive Directors will be eligible to receive payment from any historical share awards made.

Clawback (aka recovery) and malus (aka withholding) provisions
From the year ended 31 March 2018, all incentive awards, including the cash and deferred element of the annual bonus and the LTIP, 
are subject to consistent clawback and malus provisions. The Committee will be entitled to enact these provisions in the following 
circumstances:
•  misconduct
•  material misstatement
•  error in calculation
•  serious reputational damage to the Company

These provisions are relevant for a period of up to three years post payment/vesting.

Use of discretion 
The Remuneration Committee may exercise discretion in two broad areas for each element of remuneration:
•  to ensure fairness and align Executive Director remuneration with underlying individual and Company performance, the Committee 
may adjust upwards or downwards the outcome of any short- or long-term incentive plan payment within the limits of the relevant 
plan rules. Any adjustments in light of corporate events will be made on a neutral basis, i.e. the intention of any adjustment will be 
that the event is not to the benefit or detriment of participants. Adjustments to underlying performance may be made in exceptional 
circumstances to ensure outcomes are fair both to shareholders and participants

•  in the case of a non-regular event occurring, the Committee may apply its discretion to ensure fairness and seek alignment with 
business objectives. Non-regular events in this context include, but are not limited to: corporate transactions, changes in the 
Company’s accounting policies, minor or administrative matters, internal promotions, external recruitment and terminations

Any use of discretion by the Committee during the financial year will be detailed in the relevant Annual Report on Remuneration.

Performance measure selection
Profit before tax and exceptional items, has been selected as the primary financial measure for the annual bonus plan with effect from 
1 April 2019 in the interests of greater internal alignment, line of sight and simplicity. This will be supplemented by a revenue measure 
for a minority of the bonus to reflect the importance of sustainable revenue growth to the Company achieving earnings growth. At 
the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee, exceptional items may be removed from operating profit where the inclusion of 
such items would be inconsistent with fair measurement, and actual tax may be adjusted to normalised rates if they are considered 
unsustainable. Performance targets relating to the annual bonus plan are set from the Company’s annual budget, which is reviewed 
and signed off by the Board prior to the start of each financial year. The target is based on a number of internal and external relevance 
points. The target is set to be stretching but achievable, with regard to the particular strategic priorities and economic environment 
in a given year. 

Strategic targets for the annual bonus may be set each year based on the Company’s prevailing strategic objectives at that time. 
Targets will be set on a measurable, quantifiable basis where possible, but due to the nature of the objective, may require some 
subjective assessment. 

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report70

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Absolute EPS and relative TSR have been selected as the current measures for the LTIP as EPS is considered to be an all-encompassing 
measure of long-term financial performance while TSR is considered the best measure of long-term share price performance for 
PayPoint, being directly aligned with shareholder interests and rewards management for outperformance of the Company’s peers. 
TSR is calculated using the three-month average share price preceding the start and end of the performance period. 

The Committee retains the discretion to alter the weighting, substitute or use new performance measures for future incentive awards, 
if they are felt to better support the strategy of the business at that time. 

Remuneration Policy for other employees
PayPoint’s approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group, with consideration given to the level of experience, 
responsibility, individual performance and salary levels in comparable companies. All UK employees are eligible to participate in the 
Company’s SIP and senior managers participate in the annual bonus scheme with the same measure at the appropriate business level as 
is set for the Executive Directors at Group level, but each with personal targets in addition. Members of the Executive Board and senior 
managers (c.15 individuals) are eligible to participate in the LTIP. Performance conditions are consistent for all participants, while award 
sizes vary by organisational level.

During the year, the Committee adopted a restricted share plan for below Board participants only. The plan was established to enable 
the grant of a modest number of share-based retention awards to ensure that our critical talent is appropriately retained and aligned to 
the interests of the Directors and shareholders. Those awards will vest in two equal tranches on the second and third anniversary of the 
grant date, subject to continued employment and achievement of satisfactory performance appraisals. This plan will be put forward for 
shareholder approval at the annual general meeting, including approval of those awards that have been made in the last 12 months to 
ensure the retention of critical talent in light of the succession of the Chief Executive. Further details of the plan are set out in the notice 
of annual general meeting on page 123. 

Non-Executive Director remuneration
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is within the limits set by the articles of association. Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in any bonus plan or share incentive programme operated by the Company and are not entitled to pension contributions or 
other benefits provided by the Company. 

Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Element and link to strategy Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Fees
To attract and retain 
Non-Executive Directors 
of the highest calibre 
with broad commercial 
and other experience 
relevant to the Company.

Fee levels are normally reviewed 
annually. The remuneration of the 
Non-Executive Directors is 
determined by the Board based 
upon recommendations from the 
Chairman and Chief Executive (or, 
in the case of the Chairman, based 
on recommendations of the 
Committee).

Non-Executive Director fee 
increases are applied in line 
with the outcome of the 
annual fee review. Fees paid 
in respect of the year under 
review (and for the following 
year) are disclosed in the 
Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Continued strong and objective 
contribution.

Additional fees are payable 
for roles with additional 
responsibilities including, but not 
limited to, the SID and the Chairs 
of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees.

Fee levels are benchmarked 
against sector comparators and 
companies of similar size and 
complexity. Time commitment 
and responsibility are taken into 
account when reviewing fee levels.

All reasonable business related 
expenses may be reimbursed 
(including any tax due thereon).

It is expected that  
Non-Executive Director 
fee levels will generally be 
positioned around median but 
may fall within the second and 
third quartiles, and any 
increases will also have regard 
to general increases in 
Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees across the market. In the 
event that there is a material 
misalignment with the market 
or a change in the complexity, 
responsibility or time 
commitment required to fulfil 
a Non-Executive Director 
role, or specific recruitment 
needs, the Board has 
discretion to make an 
appropriate adjustment 
to fee levels.

Aggregate fees are also 
limited by the cap contained 
in the Company’s articles of 
association.

PayPoint Annual Report 201971

Pay scenario charts
The charts below provide an illustration of the potential future reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and the potential split 
between the different elements of remuneration under four different performance scenarios: minimum, target, maximum and maximum 
with share price.

CEO

Finance Director

£2,461,950

£2,050,700

17%

40%

33%

£1,189,660
15%

42%

34%

29%

£523,200

100%

43%

26%

21%

£1,348,324

£1,145,092

36%

30%

34%

15%

30%

26%

29%

£745,944
14%
34%

£393,947

100%

52%

Minimum 

Target

Maximum

Maximum
with share
price growth

Minimum 

Target

Maximum

Maximum
with share
price growth

●  Share price growth   ●  LTIP   ●  Annual bonus   ●  Fixed pay

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made: 

Fixed

Component

Base salary

Pension

Other benefits

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Salary as at 1 July 2019

Estimated value for year ending 31 March 2020

Estimated value for year ending 31 March 2020  
(excluding any one-off relocation allowance)

Maximum with share 
price growth

Annual bonus
(Maximum opportunity of 150% of salary 
for the CEO and 106% of salary for the 
Finance Director)

No bonus payable

LTIP
(Awards of 175% of salary for the 
Chief Executive and 125% of salary 
for the Finance Director)

No LTIP vesting

For simplicity, the value of any SIP awards are excluded.

Target bonus: 
80% of maximum for 
financial targets, 
50% of maximum for 
strategic/personal 
targets

Threshold vesting 
25% of maximum
(20% of maximum 
for the CEO)

Maximum bonus

As per maximum

Maximum vesting

As per maximum but 
with a 50% share 
price growth 
assumption

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report72

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Approach to recruitment remuneration
External appointment
In the cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Company, the Remuneration Committee may make use of 
all the existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component

Approach

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to similar positions 
with comparative status, responsibility and skills in parallel with the individual Director’s 
performance, experience and responsibilities, and pay conditions throughout the Company. 
Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set below market, any shortfall may be 
managed with phased increases over a period of two to three years subject to the individual’s 
development in the role.

New appointees will receive contributions to personal pension plans in line with existing policy.

New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits in line with existing policy. Reasonable 
relocation support may be provided if necessary.

SIP

New appointees will be eligible to participate in the SIP in line with existing policy.

Maximum

N/A

Annual bonus

The structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees with the relevant 
maximum being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of employment over the year. Depending 
on the timing of the appointment, it may be appropriate to operate different performance 
measures for the remainder of that initial bonus period.

150% 
of salary

LTIP

New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as other executives, 
as described in the policy table. The normal limit of 200% of salary will apply, save in exceptional 
circumstances when awards of up to 300% of salary may be made.

300% 
of salary

In determining appropriate remuneration, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including 
quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that arrangements are in the 
best interests of both PayPoint and its shareholders. In addition to the above elements of remuneration, the Committee may consider it 
appropriate to grant an award under a different structure in order to facilitate the recruitment of an individual, exercising the discretion 
available under the relevant Listing Rule (LR 9.4.2 R) to replace incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. Such 
buyout awards would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited. In doing so, the Committee will consider relevant 
factors including any performance conditions attached to these awards, the likelihood of those conditions being met and the 
proportion of the vesting period remaining. 

Internal appointment
In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the Remuneration Committee and Board will be 
consistent with the policy for external appointees detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior 
to their promotion to the Board, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements.

Non-Executive Directors
In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will utilise the prevailing shareholder approved Policy.

Service contracts and exit policy 
Executive Directors
Executive Director service contracts, including arrangements for early termination, are carefully considered by the Committee. In 
accordance with general market practice, each of the Executive Directors has a rolling service contract requiring 12 months’ notice of 
termination on either side. Executive Director service contracts are available to view at the Company’s registered office. Details of the 
service contracts of the Executive Directors of the Company are as follows:

Name

Patrick Headon

Rachel Kentleton

Company notice period

12 months

12 months

Contract date

18 February 2019

15 July 2016

There are no special provisions in service contracts relating to cessation of employment or change of control. The policy on termination 
is that the Company does not make payments beyond its contractual obligations and Executive Directors will be expected to mitigate 
their loss. In addition, the Remuneration Committee ensures that there are no unjustified payments for failure. Under normal 
circumstances, Executive Directors may receive termination payments in lieu of notice equal to pay and benefits for the length of 
their contractual notice period. 

When considering exit payments, the Committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both shareholders 
and participants. The table below summarises how the awards under the annual bonus and LTIP are typically treated in specific 
circumstances. Whilst the Committee retains overall discretion on determining good leaver status, it typically defines a good leaver in 
circumstances such as death, ill health, injury or disability, retirement with the Company’s consent, redundancy or any other reason that 
the Committee determines. Bad leavers include those leaving employment due to resignation or misconduct, and retirement without 
agreement of the Company. Final treatment is subject to the Committee’s discretion:

PayPoint Annual Report 201973

Event

Annual bonus
Good leaver

Timing/vesting of award

Calculation of vesting/payment

Paid at the same time as 
continuing employees.

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets are 
satisfied and the award is pro-rated for the proportion of the financial 
year served.

Bad leaver

No annual bonus payable.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Paid immediately on the effective 
date of change of control.

DABS
Good leaver 

Continue until the normal vesting 
date. In the event of death of 
a participant, the award would 
vest immediately.

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets are 
satisfied up to the change of control and the award is pro-rated for 
the proportion of the financial year served to the effective date of 
change of control.

Outstanding awards normally vest in full at the normal vesting date 
on a time pro-rated basis to reflect the length of the vesting period 
served unless the Board decides otherwise. The decision in respect 
of time pro-rating of deferred bonuses earned will be based on the 
specific nature of the departure of the Executive Director.

Bad leaver

Outstanding awards lapse.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Paid immediately on the effective 
date of change of control.

Eligible for an award pro-rated for the proportion of the financial year 
served to the effective date of change of control, unless the Board 
decides otherwise.

LTIP 
Good leaver

Continue until the normal vesting 
date or vest immediately, at the 
discretion of the Committee.

Outstanding awards vest to the extent the performance conditions 
are satisfied and the awards are pro-rated to reflect the length of the 
vesting period served unless the Board decides otherwise. 

Bad leaver

Outstanding awards lapse.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Vest immediately on the effective 
date of change of control.

Outstanding awards vest subject to the satisfaction of performance 
conditions as at the effective date of change of control, and the 
award is pro-rated for the proportion of the vesting period served 
to the effective date of change of control unless the Board decides 
otherwise.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts, rather they have letters of appointment which are subject to a three-year 
term. Details of the terms of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Name

Nick Wiles

Gill Barr

Giles Kerr

Rakesh Sharma

Effective date of letter

Unexpired term  
as at 31 March 2019

26 July 2018

26 July 2018

26 July 2018

12 May 2017

847 days

847 days

847 days

483 days

Date of appointment

Notice period

22 October 2009

1 June 2015

20 November 2015

12 May 2017

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

Under the Company’s articles of association, all Directors are required to submit themselves for re-election every three years. However, 
in order to comply with the Code, all Directors will be subject to annual re-election. Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are 
available to view at the Company’s registered office.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report74

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

The following section provides details of how PayPoint’s Remuneration Policy was implemented during the financial year ended 
31 March 2019 and how it will be implemented for the year ending 31 March 2020. The following pages contain information that is 
required to be audited in compliance with the Directors’ Remuneration requirements of the Companies Act 2006. All narrative and 
quantitative tables are unaudited unless otherwise stated.

Remuneration Committee membership in 2018/2019
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for developing policy on remuneration for Executive Directors, the Executive Board and 
senior managers, and for determining specific remuneration packages for each of the Executive Directors. The Committee members 
excluding the Board Chairman, are all independent Directors. Rakesh Sharma is currently Chairman of the Committee, with Gill Barr, Giles 
Kerr and Nick Wiles as members. The Remuneration Committee is formally constituted with written terms of reference which set out the 
full remit of the Committee. The terms of reference are also available on the Company’s website at www.corporate.paypoint.com. 

During the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive and the Human Resources Director, who attended 
Committee meetings by invitation from the Chairman, to advise on specific questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating 
to the performance and remuneration of the Executive Board and senior managers. Neither was present for any discussions that 
related directly to their own remuneration. The Company Secretary attended each meeting as Secretary to the Committee. 

In undertaking its responsibilities, the Committee seeks independent external advice as necessary. To this end, the Committee 
continued to retain the services of FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP as the principal external advisers to the Committee during the 
financial year. The Committee is comfortable that the FIT team provides independent remuneration advice to the Committee and do 
not have any other connections with PayPoint that may impair their independence. FIT is a founding member and signatory of the Code 
of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants, details of which can be found at (www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com). During the 
year, FIT provided independent advice on a wide range of remuneration matters including the Remuneration Policy implementation, the 
Board changes and remuneration benchmarking. FIT provides no other services to the Company. The fees paid to FIT (on the basis of 
time and materials) in respect of work carried out for the year under review were £44,617 (excluding VAT).

Summary of shareholder voting
The following table shows the results of the binding vote on the Remuneration Policy Report at the 26 July 2017 annual general 
meeting and the shareholder advisory vote on the 2018 Annual Report on Remuneration at the 26 July 2018 annual general meeting. 

For (including discretionary)
Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

Total votes withheld1

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

2017 – Remuneration Policy
Total number 
of votes

% of 
votes cast

2018 – Remuneration Report
Total number 
of votes

% of 
votes cast

56,250,235
2,269,240

58,519,475

787,946

59,307,421

96.12% 59,395,563
397,022

3.88%

99.34%
0.66%

59,792,858

401

59,792,986

1.  A withheld vote is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast for and against a resolution.

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year ended 31 March 
2019 and the prior period:

Base salary
Taxable benefits1
Pension2
Annual bonus3
Long-term incentives4
Other5

Total

Dominic Taylor 
£’000

Rachel Kentleton 
£’0006

2019

502
26
80
535
648
12

2018

490
27
78
490
185
10

1,803

1,280

2019

316
21
47
230
–
58

672

2018

308
21
46
204
–
2

581

1.  Taxable value of benefits received in the year by executives relates to a car allowance of £17,500 (2018: £17,500) for Dominic Taylor, £13,200 (2018: £13,200) for Rachel Kentleton, 

petrol, medical insurance, life assurance and private health insurance.

2.  Pension during the year: the Company made contributions of 16% of salary to Dominic Taylor and 15% of salary to Rachel Kentleton. 
3.   Annual bonus: this is the total bonus earned in respect of performance during the relevant year, including deferred amounts. 25% of the annual bonus (50% for the Chief Executive) is 

normally deferred in shares under the DABS. Further details of annual bonus awards for 2019 can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

4.   Long-term incentives: for 2019, this is the value of LTIP awards granted in 2016 based on interim performance to 30 April 2019 and which will vest on 2 June 2019. The share price used to 
calculate the estimated market value is based on the three-month average price to 31 March 2019 of £8.57. Further details can be found on page 77. For 2018, the long-term incentive 
figures have been re-stated based on the value at vesting (as opposed to the estimated value used in last year’s report) of DABS and LTIP awards which were granted in 2015 and which 
vested in 2018 . 

5.   SIP matching and dividend shares awarded in the period valued at the average share price calculated over three months to 31 March 2019 of £8.57 (2018: £8.53). The SIP is an HMRC 

approved plan that allows participants to purchase shares using gross salary and receive matching award from the Company. There are no performance conditions. For Rachel Kentleton, 
this figure also includes the value of 6,379 shares granted under Listing Rule 9.4.2 and disclosed previously, that were exercised in March 2019 at a share price of £8.78.

6.   In the year to 31 March 2019 and not included in the table above, Rachel Kentleton also received fees of £75,000 for her service as a non-executive director of Persimmon plc.

PayPoint Annual Report 201975

Single total figure of remuneration for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by the Chairman and each Non-Executive Director for the 
year ended 31 March 2019 and the prior year:

Base fee  
£’000

Committee Chair fees 
 £’000

Senior Independent 
Director fees  
£’000

Chairman fees  
£’000

Total 
£’000

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Chairman
Nick Wiles
Non-Executive 
Directors
Gill Barr
Giles Kerr
Rakesh Sharma
Former Directors1

–

47
47
47
–

–

47
47
41
22

–

–
9
9
–

–

–
9
8
1

Total

141

157

18

18

–

–
5
–
–

5

–

–
4
–
1

5

165

165

165

165

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

47
61
56
–

47
60
48
24

165

165

329

343

1.  Neil Carson resigned on 26 May 2017 and received fees of £9,000 and David Morrison resigned on 26 July 2017 and received fees of £15,000 in the year ended 31 March 2018.

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2019
Annual bonus in respect of 2018/19 performance
The annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2019 was based on economic profit and strategic targets.

Details of the performance against the economic profit and strategic targets are set out below:

Economic profit targets:

Measure

Maximum value

Group  
economic  
profit

106% of salary 
(Chief Executive)
80% of salary 
(Finance Director)

Threshold  
(20% of 
maximum) 
£’000

35,003  
(90%  
of plan)

Target 
(80% of 
maximum) 
£’000

38,892  
(100%  
of plan)

Stretch 
(100% of 
maximum) 
£’000

42,782 
(110%  
of plan)

Actual 
achieved 
£’000

38,803

Dominic 
Taylor

79%  
of max 
84%
 of salary

Rachel 
Kentleton

79%  
of max 
63%  
of salary

Strategic targets:
Stretching strategic targets were set by the Remuneration Committee to reflect the increase in the Chief Executive’s bonus potential 
and encourage performance ahead of expectations.

Target

Successful roll out of 
PayPoint One

Chief Executive

14.6% of salary

Performance and bonus earned 
Finance Director

13% of salary

Threshold: 12,400 sites by 31 March 2019 (payout 20% of maximum)

Target: 50% based on 12,900 sites by 31 March 2019, 50% based on achievement of revenue target by 
31 March 2019 (pay-out 80% of maximum) 

Maximum: 13,400 sites generating revenue target by 31 March 2019 (payout 100% of maximum)

Actual: 12,881 sites achieved resulting in a payout of 78.5% of maximum, 97% of revenue target achieved 
resulting in a payout of 34% of maximum. This resulted in a total payout of 56% of maximum

14.6% of salary

13% of salary

Implementation of a 
Customer Relationship 
Management (CRM) 
system

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report76

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Target

Chief Executive

Threshold: n/a

Performance and bonus earned 
Finance Director

Target: delivery of pipeline replacement (workflow), retailer billing and sign-up releases within target release 
dates and budget.

Maximum: delivery ahead of target release dates and budget (payout 100% of maximum).

Actual: pipeline replacement was deployed to the business in August within budget and target release date. 
This increased efficiency levels by c.40%. Good progress was made in preparing for the deployment of the 
retailer billing and sign up releases although as full delivery was not achieved 20% of the maximum was 
awarded. 

14.6% of salary

n/a

Delivery of an agreed 
succession plan 
aligned to wider talent 
management activities 
(target only applies to 
the Chief Executive)

The succession plan objectives set for the Chief Executive for 2018/19 were in respect of:
•  implementation of agreed action plans to support the preparation of an internal succession candidate
•  supporting the transition of Tim Watkin-Rees to the role of Founder following his decision to step down 

from the Board

•  ensuring that new hires integrate well and fast into the business 
•  supporting the evolution of the Operations Management Group (OMG) to ensure it becomes effective 

Actual: following a review of the Chief Executive’s progress in respect of developing and implementing the 
comprehensive succession plan, the Remuneration Committee awarded a payout of 80% of maximum of this 
part of the bonus award

Maximum value

44% of salary

% of potential award

52% of maximum

% of salary award

23% of salary

26% of salary

38% of maximum

10% of salary

Total bonus awards:
The above performance resulted in the following bonus awards for the year:

Financial – % of award 
(% of salary)

Strategic – % of award 
(% of salary)

Total 
(% of salary)

Total 
(% of maximum)

Maximum

Outcomes

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Chief Executive

Finance Director

71% 
(106%)

29% 
(44%)

100% 
(150%)

75% 
(80%)

25%
(26%)

100% 
(106%)

79% of maximum
 84% of salary

52% of maximum 
23% of salary

79% of maximum
 63% of salary

38% of maximum 
10% of salary

107% of salary

73% of salary

71% of maximum

69% of maximum

The Committee considers that the outcomes indicated above are reflective of the performance delivered over the year and therefore 
has not used any discretion to alter the final bonuses paid.

25% of the Finance Director’s bonus will be deferred into shares which will vest after three years from grant, subject to continued 
employment. No deferral will apply to Dominic Taylor’s bonus award given the announcement of his departure date. 

PayPoint Annual Report 201977

2016 LTIP vesting
With respect to the LTIP awards granted on 2 June 2016, vesting is based 100% on TSR. The three-year performance period for these 
awards will end on 1 June 2019 with vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Further details relating to these awards are 
provided in the table below, based on TSR calculations ran to 30 April 2019: 

Measure

Weighting

Targets

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts)

100%

Total LTIP vesting

0% vesting below median 
25% vesting at median 
100% vesting at upper quartile 
Straight-line vesting between these points

Outcome 
(to 30 April 2018)

Estimated %
vesting

 Upper quartile

100%

100%

Value 
£’0001

£648

Further details of the vesting for Dominic Taylor are as follows:

Director

Dominic Taylor

Interests held

Implied % vesting

Number of 
shares vesting

Date of vesting

75,585

100%

75,585

2 June 2019

1.  As the price on the date of vesting is unknown, the value of an award is calculated by multiplying the number of shares which vested by the average three-month share price to 31 March 

2019 of £8.57.

Scheme interests awarded in the year ended 31 March 2019
LTIP
In the year under review, LTIP awards were granted with a face value of 175% of salary for the Chief Executive and 125% of salary for 
the Finance Director. The awards will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, 4 June 2021, and will be subject to a holding 
period which will end on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, being 4 June 2023. One half of each award is subject to a 
performance condition based on relative TSR vs. the FTSE 250 index (excluding companies in the Oil & Gas, Mining and Utilities 
sectors). The other half of each award is subject to three-year EPS growth targets. Details of the awards granted are as follows:

Executive 
Director

Dominic 
Taylor

Basis of award

175% of 
salary

Number of 
shares

Face value1

87,023

£878,932 

Potential 
award for 
minimum 
performance

Performance 
period

Rachel 
Kentleton

125% of
 salary

39,071

£394,617

25% of 
face value

TSR: 
4 June 2018 to 
3 June 2021

EPS: 
1 April 2018 to 
31 March 2021

Performance measures

50% on TSR relative vs. 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding 
companies in the Oil & Gas, 
Mining and Utilities sectors):
•  0% vesting below median
•  25% vesting at median 
(20% for the Chief 
Executive)

•  100% vesting at upper 

quartile (upper quintile for 
the Chief Executive)
•  straight-line vesting in 
between these points 

50% on EPS
•  0% vesting at 

less than 4% p.a.
•  25% vesting at 
4% p.a. (20% 
for the Chief 
Executive)
•  100% vesting 
at 10% p.a. or 
more
•  straight-

line vesting 
between these 
points

1.  Face value is based on the middle market quotation of a share in the capital of the Company on the preceding dealing day of award, 3 June 2018, of £10.10.

Payments to past Directors (audited)
As per the announcement on 19 February 2019, Dominic Taylor stepped down as a director of PayPoint plc with effect from 1 April 
2019. He will remain an employee until 31 December 2019 to ensure a thorough transition. No termination payments were or will be 
made. Dominic continued to receive his normal remuneration arrangements until 31 March 2019. Subsequent to stepping down from 
the Board he is: (i) receiving a reduced salary, payable on a monthly basis; (ii) no longer eligible to receive benefits or pension; (iii) not 
eligible to participate in the annual bonus plan in respect of 2019/20; and (iv) not eligible to receive future LTIP awards. He was eligible 
to receive his annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2019, which is payable at the normal payment date in cash. Unvested deferred 
annual bonus and LTIP awards will continue to vest at the normal vesting dates and in respect of his LTIP awards, vesting will be subject 
to time pro-rating and the extent to which the performance targets are met. The time pro-rating calculation for LTIPs will be based on 
the extent of the respective vesting periods the individual has served to the AGM on 25 July 2019, rather than the default date under 
the LTIP rules, which is the date of cessation of employment (31 December 2019).

George Earle stepped down as a Director on 31 March 2017. On 1 June 2018, his LTIP awards granted in 2015 partially vested on a 
pro-rated basis and he received 11,076 shares with a gross value of £110,095.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report78

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Tim Watkin-Rees stepped down as a Director on 31 March 2018. On 1 June 2018, his LTIP awards granted in 2015 partially vested on a 
pro-rated basis and he received 17,045 shares with a gross value of £169,427. In addition, on 1 June 2018, 7,672 shares granted to him 
in 2015 under the deferred annual bonus scheme were released to him with a gross value of £76,259.

Percentage change in Chief Executive remuneration 
The table below shows the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration, comprising salary, taxable benefits and annual 
bonus, and comparable data for the average of all employees within the Company. 

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

Total

Change in remuneration from 2018 to 2019
Chief Executive

2019 
£’000

502

26

535

2018 
£’000

490

27

490

1,064

1,007

% change

Average % change for
other employees1

2.5%

-0.6%

9.2%

5.3%

4.7%

-0.5%

7.7%2

1.  Increase in salary is for UK based employees who were employed by PayPoint for the entirety of both financial years, but excludes those who were promoted to a new role.
2.  Increase is for UK based employees who earned a bonus payout in both financial years.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Company’s actual expenditure on shareholder distributions (including dividends and share buybacks) and 
total employee pay expenditure for the financial years ended 31 March 2018 and ended 31 March 2019.

2019

2018

% change

Total employee 
pay expenditure 
£’000

Distributions 
to shareholders 
£’000

30,137

26,683

12.9%

56,561

55,898

1.2%

Pay for performance
The graph below compares the value of £100 invested in PayPoint shares, including reinvested dividends, with the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts) over the last ten years. This index was selected because it is considered to be the most appropriate index 
against which the Total Shareholder Return of PayPoint could be measured.

Total Shareholder Return (rebased to 100)
500

400

300

200

100

0
31 Mar
2009

31 Mar
2010

31 Mar
2011

31 Mar
2012

31 Mar
2013

31 Mar
2014

31 Mar
2015

31 Mar
2016

31 Mar
2017

31 Mar
2018

31 Mar
2019

●  PayPoint plc  ●  FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts)

Chief Executive single figure 
of remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus payout 
(as % of maximum)

LTIP vesting 
(as % of maximum)

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

637

677

1,067

2,639

2,247

1,215

911

1,121

1,280 1,803

84.5%

80.9%

88.7%

86.2%

91.4%

88.1%

31.0%

64.8% 66.7% 71%

0%

0% 40.10%

100%

100%

0%

0%

0%

30% 100%

PayPoint Annual Report 201979

Directors’ shareholdings (audited) 
The shareholdings of the Directors and their connected persons in the ordinary shares of the Company against their respective 
shareholding requirement as at 31 March 2019:

Shares held

Unvested and 
subject to 
holding period

Unvested and 
subject to 
performance 
conditions

Current 
shareholding

40,903

12,408

262,317

 1,875,676

83,838

 5,112

Shareholding guidelines2

% of salary 

Shares

200%

150%

114,353

53,909

Met?

Yes

No

Dominic Taylor

Rachel Kentleton

Gill Barr

Giles Kerr

Rakesh Sharma

Nick Wiles

Owned outright
or vested1

1,875,676

5,112

2,595

7,500

2,232

35,000

1.  Current shareholding includes SIP shares other than SIP matching shares and SIP dividend shares subject to a holding period. 
2.  Executive Directors are required to hold shares of a value equivalent to 150% of their salaries (200% of salary for the Chief Executive) as at 1 April 2019. An average three-month share 

price to 31 March 2019 of £8.57 has been used to calculate this guideline.

The market price of the Company’s shares on 31 March 2019 was £8.57 (31 March 2018: £8.07 per share) and the low and high share 
prices during the period were £7.48 and £10.76 respectively.

Directors’ interests in shares in PayPoint long-term incentive plans and all-employee plans 
Long-Term Incentive Awards (audited)

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2018

Number 
of shares 
awarded 
during the
period3

Number 
of shares 
released 
during the 
period

Number 
of shares 
lapsed 
during the 
period

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2019

Share 
price at 
grant
 (£)

Value of 
shares 
awarded

Date of 
grant

Lapse/Release 
date

72,423
75,585
99,709
–

10,741
44,767
–

–
–
–
87,023

–
–
39,071

29,403
–
–
–

5,371
–
–

43,020
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
75,585
99,709
87,023

5,370
44,767
39,071

£9.46 £685,122
£9.40 £710,499
£8.60 £857,497
£10.10 £878,932

01.06.15
02.06.16
26.07.17
04.06.18

01.06.18
02.06.19
26.07.20
04.06.21

£10.25 £110,095
£8.60 £384,996
£10.10 £394,617

02.02.17 02.02.19-20
26.07.20
26.07.17
04.06.21
04.06.18

Type of 
Awards

LTIP1
LTIP1
LTIP2
LTIP3

9.4.2
LTIP2
LTIP3

Dominic Taylor

Rachel Kentleton

1.  LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s comparative TSR performance is equal to or greater than the median level of performance over the three year-performance period, at which 

point 25% of awards will vest, with full vesting occurring for upper quartile performance with pro-rata vesting between points.

2.  50% of LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s comparative TSR performance is equal to or greater than the median level of performance over the three-year performance period, at 
which point 25% of awards will vest (20% for the Chief Executive’s awards), with full vesting occurring for upper quartile (upper quintile for the Chief Executive’s awards) performance 
with pro-rata vesting between points. 50% of LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s EPS grows by 5% p.a., at which point 25% of awards will vest (20% for the Chief Executive’s 
awards), with full vesting occurring for EPS growth of 12% p.a. with pro-rata vesting between points.

3.  50% of LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s comparative TSR performance is equal to or greater than the median level of performance over the three-year performance period, at 
which point 25% of awards will vest (20% for the Chief Executive’s awards), with full vesting occurring for upper quartile (upper quintile for the Chief Executive’s awards) performance 
with pro-rata vesting between points. 50% of LTIP awards will only vest if the Company’s EPS grows by 4% p.a., at which point 25% of awards will vest (20% for the Chief Executive’s 
awards), with full vesting occurring for EPS growth of 10% p.a. with pro-rata vesting between points.

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DABS)1 (audited)

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2018

Number of 
shares awarded 
during the 
period

11,137
3,9212
9,0933
–

1,3783

–
–
–
24,2604

–

–

5,0624

Number 
of shares 
released 
during the 
period

11,137
–
–
–

–

–

Number 
of shares 
lapsed 
during the 
period

Number of 
shares at 
31 March 
2017

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
3,921
9,093
24,260

1,378

5,062

Value of 
shares 
awarded

£105,356
£38,857
£84,341
£245,026

£12,782

£51,126

Date of grant

Release date

01.06.15
07.06.16
05.06.17
04.06.18

05.06.17

04.06.18

01.06.18
07.06.19
05.06.20
04.06.21

05.06.20

04.06.21

Dominic Taylor 

Rachel Kentleton

1.  The release of shares is dependent upon continuous employment for a period of three years from the date of grant.
2.  £9.91 per share.
3.  £9.27 per share.
4.  £10.1 per share.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report80

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Share Incentive Plan (audited)

Number of 
Partnership 
Shares 
purchased 
at 31 March 
2018

Number of 
Matching 
Shares 
awarded at 
31 March 
2018

Number of 
Free
Shares1 
awarded at 
31 March 
2018

Number of 
Dividend
Shares2
acquired at 
31 March 
2018

Total shares 
at 31 March 
2018

Number of 
Partnership
Shares3
purchased 
during the 
period

Number of 
Matching
Shares4
awarded 
during the 
period

Number of 
Dividend 
Shares 
acquired 
during the 
period

Dominic Taylor

3,522

3,522

1,562

4,042

12,648

171

171

1,189

Rachel Kentleton

316

316

0

37

669

171

171

74

1.  Free Shares are ordinary shares of the Company awarded conditionally on 24 September 2004 based on the share price on admission of £1.92. 
2.   Dividend Shares are ordinary shares of the Company purchased with the value of dividends paid in respect of all other shares held in the plan.
3.   Partnership Shares are ordinary shares of the Company purchased on a monthly basis during the period (at prices from £8.11 to £9.49).
4.   Matching Shares are ordinary shares of the Company awarded conditionally on a monthly basis during the period (at prices from £8.11 to £9.49). 
5.   The dates used are based on the earliest allocation of the matching shares.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2019/2020
Base salary
Current base salary levels, and those from 1 July 2019 (the normal salary review date) are as follows:

Dates of 
release of 
Matching 
and Free 
Dividend
Shares5

23 April 
2021 – 
22 March 
2022

23 April 
2021 – 
22 March 
2022

Total 
shares at 
31 March 
2019

14,179

1,754

Patrick Headon

Rachel Kentleton

1.  From appointment.

From 
1 July 20181

From 
1 July 2019

£470,000

£470,000

£315,700

£325,171

% increase

0%

3%

Rachel Kentleton’s base salary was increased by 3% in line with the general workforce.

Benefits
Patrick Headon will receive a £25,000 annual benefit allowance in respect of car allowance, petrol, life insurance,medical insurance and 
permanent health insurance. In addition, in March 2019 he received a one-off relocation allowance of £47,000, subject to deductions 
for income tax and national insurance and remaining in employment for a minimum of two years from date of payment. Rachel 
Kentleton’s benefits will continue to comprise a car allowance, petrol, medical insurance, life assurance and permanent health insurance.

Pension (policy limit: 20% of salary)
Pension provision, offered in the form of pension and/or a salary supplement, will be 6% of salary for Patrick Headon (in line with the 
average workforce pension provision) and remain at 15% of salary for Rachel Kentleton.

Annual bonus (policy limit: 150% of salary)
For the year ending 31 March 2020, profit before tax will replace economic profit in the interests of greater internal alignment, line of 
sight and simplicity and revenue is being introduced for a minority of the bonus to reflect the importance of sustainable revenue growth 
to the Company achieving earnings growth. The Chief Executive’s annual bonus potential for the year ending 31 March 2020 will be 
150% of salary with 90% of salary based on profit before tax targets, 30% based on revenue targets and 30% based on stretching 
strategic targets based on the roll out of PayPoint One, the continued implementation of our Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM) system and a number of objectives in respect of his first year in the role. 50% of the Chief Executive’s bonus will be deferred 
into shares for three years.

Bonus potential for the Finance Director will remain at 106% of salary with 25% deferred. 64% of salary will be based on profit 
before tax targets, 21% will be based on revenue targets and 21% will be subject to the PayPoint One and CRM strategic targets 
set out above. 

No bonus will be payable under the revenue targets unless at least the threshold profit before tax is achieved. In addition, in considering 
any payout related to the revenue and strategic targets, the Committee may at its discretion adjust the payment of bonus downwards 
(including to zero), in order to reflect the underlying performance of the business. 

Full details of the annual bonus targets for the 2019/20 financial year and performance against the targets will be disclosed in next 
year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

PayPoint Annual Report 201981

LTIP (policy limit: 200% of salary)
LTIP awards will be granted in 2019 at 175% of salary for the Chief Executive and 125% of salary for the Finance Director. Targets will 
continue to measure absolute EPS growth and relative Total Shareholder Return. The performance targets, metrics and vesting for the 
LTIP awards to be granted in 2019 and which are expected to vest in 2022 will be as follows:

EPS 
For 50% of awards

Relative TSR1 
For 50% of awards

Below threshold

0%

Below 4% p.a.

0%

Below median

Threshold

Maximum

25%
(20% for the CEO)

4% p.a.

25%
(20% for the CEO)

100%

10% p.a.

100%

Median

Upper quartile
(Upper quintile for the CEO)

1.  Constituents of the FTSE 250 excluding oil & gas companies, mining and utilities.

In setting the performance targets for the EPS part of the 2019 LTIP awards, the Committee considered a number of reference points, 
including internal financial planning forecasts, external market consensus and a broader view of market conditions. The proposed 
targets were also set in compliance with the Company’s overall risk profile.

Additionally, the Committee must satisfy itself that the recorded TSR is a genuine reflection of the underlying financial performance of 
the Company for this part of the award to vest.

In addition, the 2019 LTIP awards will be subject to a two-year holding period after vesting (for the net of tax shares), which will continue 
to apply post cessation.

Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees
Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees are as follows:

Base fees 
Chairman
Non-Executive Director

Additional fees 
Chairman, Audit Committee 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
Senior Independent Director

From  
1 April 2019

From 
1 April 2018

£170,000
£48,500

£165,000
£46,625

£9,200
£9,200
£6,100

£8,700
£8,700
£5,100

Following a review of respective time commitments and fee levels and noting that fees have not increased since 1 April 2016, with 
effect from 1 April 2019, Non-Executive Director base fees were increased by 4.02% while the additional fees for chairing a Committee 
and acting as Senior Independent Director were increased by £500 and £1,000 p.a. respectively. In addition, noting that the Chairman’s 
fee had not been increased since his appointment in 2015, Nick Wiles’ fee was increased by 3.03% to £170,000 p.a. from 1 April 2019.

This Report covers the remuneration of all Directors that served during the period.

This Report was approved by the Remuneration Committee on 22 May 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Rakesh Sharma
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report82

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of 
the Company and of the Group, together with the financial 
statements and Independent Auditor’s Report, for the year 
ended 31 March 2019.

This Annual Report has been prepared for, and only for the 
members of the Company, as a body, and no other persons. The 
Company, its Directors, employees, agents or advisers do not 
accept or assume responsibility to any other person to whom this 
document is shown or into whose hands it may come and any 
such responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed. By their 
nature, the statements concerning the risks and uncertainties 
facing the Company and the Group in this Annual Report involve 
uncertainty since future events and circumstances can cause 
results and developments to differ materially from those 
anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge 
and information available at the date of preparation of this Annual 
Report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update 
these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report is on pages 1 to 43 and it is incorporated 
into this Directors’ Report by reference. The Company has 
chosen to set out certain matters in this Strategic Report that 
would otherwise be required to be disclosed in the Directors’ 
Report. These matters include disclosures concerning: 
greenhouse gas emissions (page 43); use of financial instruments 
(page 120); credit risk and price risk (page 120); employment of 
disabled persons (page 38); employee involvement (pages 38 
and 39); diversity (page 38) and likely future developments in the 
business (pages 10 to 13).

Principal activity
The Company is a holding company and its subsidiaries in the UK 
and Romania are engaged in providing clients with specialist 
consumer payment services which includes transaction 
processing and settlement through an established network 
of retailers. It also provides an array of services essential to 
convenience retail. 

PayPoint UK and Romania process transactions for payment 
products and services and collect payments on behalf of leading 
utility and customer service organisations in convenience retail 
outlets. This is done using innovative and time-saving technology 
that empowers convenience retailers in the UK and Romania to 
achieve higher footfall and increased spend so they can grow 
their businesses profitably. At a PayPoint outlet, consumers are 
provided with a one-stop shop for making cash payments for the 
wide range of PayPoint’s clients. In addition, PayPoint provides 
other services to retail outlets including card payments, EPoS 
solutions, ATMs and other value add services.

PayPoint UK also offers clients, through its MultiPay product, 
streamlined consumer payment processing and transaction 
routing in one seamlessly integrated solution for digital 
payments. This gives customers the flexibility to pay in the 
way that best suits them, including mobile app, online, text, 
phone/IVR and cash in-store.

PayPoint has a 50% interest in Collect+ Holdings Limited, a joint 
arrangement with Yodel. Collect+ Brand Limited, which owns the 
Collect+ brand, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Collect+ Holdings 
Limited. The Collect+ network offers parcel collection and return 
services in over 7,100 retailer outlets.

Substantial shareholdings
The Company had been notified of the following disclosable 
interests in the voting rights of the Company as required by 
DTR 5 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.
As at 31 March 2019:

Name of holder

Number of 
ordinary 
shares 

Percentage 
of issued 
capital

12,749,871
Woodford Investment Management
10,231,988
Liontrust Investment Partners LLP
5,399,900
Capital Research & Management
Aberdeen Standard Investments
5,106,969
Evenlode Investment Management Ltd 3,197,966
2,120,567
Schroders Plc

18.68
14.99
7.91
7.48
4.69
3.11

No additional notifications have been received by the Company 
between 31 March 2019 and the date of this Report.

All notifications made to the Company under DTR 5 are published 
on the Regulatory Information Service and made available on the 
Company’s website.

Share capital
As at 31 March 2019 , 68,243,406 ordinary shares of 1/3p each 
have been issued and fully paid up and are quoted on the London 
Stock Exchange. During the year ended 31 March 2019, 62,861 
ordinary shares were issued under the Company’s share schemes. 
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary 
shares, as well as the powers of the Company’s Directors are set 
out in the Company’s articles of association, copies of which 
can be obtained from Companies House or by writing to the 
Company Secretary.

There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching to the 
ordinary shares or on the transfer of securities in the Company. 
No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights 
with regard to control of the Company. The Company is not aware 
of any agreements between holders of securities that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. 
Unless expressly specified to the contrary in the articles of 
association of the Company, the Company’s articles of 
association may be amended by a special resolution of the 
Company’s shareholders. 

At the annual general meeting on 26 July 2018, the Directors 
were given authority to purchase 10% of its issued share capital, 
allot relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£75,757 and to disapply pre-emption rights in respect of 
allotments of relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £11,364. Resolutions to renew these authorities will 
be proposed at the 2019 annual general meeting, details of which 
are set out in the notice of meeting on pages 123 to 130.

PayPoint Annual Report 201983

Directors
The names of the Directors at the date of this Report and their 
biographical details are on pages 44 and 45. Their interests in the 
ordinary shares of the Company are on page 79. During the 
financial year, Dominic Taylor stepped down from his role as Chief 
Executive and Director of the Board, and was replaced by Patrick 
Headon with effect from 1 April 2019. 

Results for the year
The consolidated income statement, statement of financial 
position and statement of cash flow for the year ended 31 March 
2019 are set out on pages 94 to 97. An analysis of risk is set out 
on pages 32 to 34, and of risk management on page 63. The 
statement of financial position and statement of cash flow of the 
holding company for the year ended 31 March 2019 are set out 
on pages 98 and 99. Since 1 April 2019, there have been no post 
balance sheet events that would impact the Company.

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the benefits 
of directors
Under sections 236 (1) (a) and (b) of the Companies Act 2006, 
companies are obliged to disclose any indemnities which are 
in force in favour of their directors. The current articles of 
association of the Company contain an indemnity in favour of the 
Directors of the Company which indemnifies them in respect of 
certain liabilities and costs that they might incur in the execution 
of duties as Directors. Copies of the articles of association can be 
obtained from Companies House or by writing to the Company 
Secretary and will be available at the venue of the annual general 
meeting from 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends.

Change of control
All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions relating 
to a change of control. Outstanding options and awards would 
be prorated for time and normally vest on a change of control, 
subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at 
that time.

The Company has a revolving term credit facility for £75 million 
with a remaining term of over four years. The terms of the facility 
allow for termination on a change of control, subject to certain 
conditions. The British Gas contract for payments is subject 
to termination rights for change of control in very limited 
circumstances. There are no other significant contracts in place 
that would take effect, alter or terminate on the change of control 
of the Company, including compensation for loss of office as 
a result of a takeover bid.

Suppliers’ payment policy
Terms of payment are agreed with individual suppliers prior 
to supply. The Group aims to pay its creditors promptly, in 
accordance with terms agreed for payment, provided the supplier 
has provided the goods or services in accordance with the agreed 
terms and conditions. Further information can be obtained from 
the Government’s payment practice reporting portal.

Charitable and political donations
The Group made no political donations during the year (2018: nil). 
Details of the charitable donations policy can be found within the 
Strategic Report on page 41.

Employee matters and environmental issues
Employee matters and environmental issues are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 36 to 39.

Related party transactions
Related party transactions that took place during the year can be 
found in note 26.

Future developments
An indication of likely future developments in the business of the 
Company and details of research and development activities are 
included in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 15.

Dividends
On 24 May 2018, the Company announced a transition to 
quarterly dividends with effect from 1 April 2019. Shareholders 
were informed that four equal dividends would be payable in July, 
September, December and March, and that this change will not 
alter the quantum of dividend that will be paid to shareholders 
within a financial year. Therefore the Directors recommend the 
payment of a final ordinary dividend of 23.6p (2018: 30.6p) per 
ordinary share amounting to £16.1 million (2018: £20.9 million) 
and a final additional dividend of 18.4p (2018: 24.4p) per ordinary 
share amounting to £12.6 million (2018: £16.7 million) both to be 
paid, if approved, in two equal instalments of 21.0p per ordinary 
share on: 29 July 2019 to members on the register on 28 June 
2019, and 30 September 2019 to members on the register on 
6 September 2019. 

During the period, an interim ordinary dividend of 15.6p per share 
(2018: 15.3p per share) amounting to £10.6 million (2018: £10.4 
million) and an additional interim dividend of 12.2p (2018: 12.2p) 
per ordinary share amounting to £8.3 million (2018: £8.3 million) 
were declared and paid. 

The dividend policy including all the dividends declared during the 
year are set out in the Strategic Report on page 29.

Going concern 
At the end of the year, the Group had cash of £37.5 million, and an 
undrawn £75.0 million revolving term credit facility with accordion 
option of £20 million, expiring in March 2023. The Company’s 
cash and borrowing capacity is adequate to meet the foreseeable 
needs of the Group, taking into account any risks (see pages 32 
to 34). The Directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, a period of not less than 12 months from the 
date of this Report. Therefore, the financial statements have 
been prepared on a going concern basis.

The Group’s liquidity review and commentary on the current 
economic climate are shown on page 28 of the Strategic Report 
and commentary on financial risk management is shown in 
note 24.

Independent auditor
KPMG LLP has expressed its willingness to continue as the 
Company’s auditor and a resolution for its reappointment will be 
proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting. The notice 
of the annual general meeting can be found on pages 123 to 130.

Corporate governance statement
The information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate 
governance statement for the purposes of the FCA’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules can be found in this Directors’ 
Report and in the Corporate Governance section on pages 44 to 
85 (which is incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference).

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report 
84

Directors’ Report
continued

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of 
this Report confirms that:
1.  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware 

2.  the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought 

reasonably to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of 
that information

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of S.418 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

Annual general meeting
The annual general meeting will be held at PayPoint’s head office, 
1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City AL7 1EL on 25 
July 2019. The notice of meeting and explanatory information on 
the resolutions to be passed at the annual general meeting can 
be found on pages 123 to 130 of the Annual Report. 

The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board and signed on 
its behalf by:

Susan Court
Company Secretary
22 May 2019 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements

85

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) 
and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent 
Company financial statements on the same basis.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and 
of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the 
Group and parent Company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant 

and reliable

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of 
the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole

•  the Directors’ Report, which also incorporates the Strategic 

Report, includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the issuer 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face

We consider the Annual Report and accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Rachel Kentleton
Finance Director
22 May 2019

IFRSs as adopted by the EU

•  assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and corporate governance 
statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report86

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of PayPoint plc

1.  Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of PayPoint plc 
(‘the Company’) for the year ended 31 March 2019 which 
comprise the consolidated income statement, consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of 
financial position, consolidated statement of changes in equity, 
consolidated statement of cash flows, company statement of 
financial position, company statement of changes in equity, 
company statement of cash flows, and the related notes, 
including the accounting policies in note 1.

In our opinion:
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 March 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year then 
ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU);

•  the parent Company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities are described below. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis 
for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our report to 
the Audit Committee.

We were first appointed as auditor by the Directors on 15 August 
2017. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 
two financial years ended 31 March 2019. We have fulfilled our 
ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the 
FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities. 
No non-audit services prohibited by that standard were provided.

Overview

Materiality: Group financial 
statements as a whole

Coverage

Key audit matters

Recurring risks

£2.5m (2018: £2.5m)
4.6% (2018: 4.7%)
of profit before tax

100% (2018: 99%) of Group 
profit before tax

 vs 2018

Revenue recognition

Event driven

Recoverability of parent 
Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries (parent)

New: The impact of 
uncertainties due to the 
UK exiting the European 
Union on our audit

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
87

2.  Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our 
key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These 
matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The risk

Our response

The impact of uncertainties due 
to the UK exiting the European 
Union on our audit

Refer to page 60 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 100 
(accounting policy) and page 94 
(financial disclosures).

Unprecedented levels of uncertainty:
All audits assess and challenge the 
reasonableness of estimates, in particular 
as described in the Recoverability of the 
Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries 
below, and related disclosures and the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis 
of preparation of the financial statements. 
All of these depend on assessments of the 
future economic environment and the 
Group’s future prospects and performance.

In addition, we are required to consider the 
other information presented in the Annual 
Report including the principal risks 
disclosure and the viability statement and to 
consider the Directors’ statement that the 
Annual Report and financial statements 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Brexit is one of the most significant 
economic events for the UK and at the date 
of this report its effects are subject to 
unprecedented levels of uncertainty of 
outcomes, with the full range of possible 
effects unknown.

Our procedures included:
We developed a standardised firm-wide approach 
to the consideration of the uncertainties arising from 
Brexit in planning and performing our audits. Our 
procedures included:
•  Our Brexit knowledge: We considered the 

Directors’ assessment of Brexit-related sources 
of risk for the Group’s business and financial 
resources compared with our own understanding 
of the risks. We considered the Directors’ plans 
to take action to mitigate the risks;

•  Sensitivity analysis: When addressing the 
Recoverability of the Parent Company’s 
investment in subsidiaries and other areas that 
depend on forecasts, we compared the 
Directors’ analysis to our assessment of the full 
range of reasonably possible scenarios resulting 
from Brexit uncertainty and, where forecast cash 
flows are required to be discounted, considered 
adjustments to discount rates for the level of 
remaining uncertainty; and

•  Assessing transparency: As well as assessing 
individual disclosures as part of our procedures 
on the parent Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries we considered all of the Brexit 
related disclosures together, including those in 
the Strategic Report, comparing the overall 
picture against our understanding of the risks.

Our results
•  As reported under Recoverability of the Parent 
Company’s investment in subsidiaries, we found 
the resulting estimates and disclosures in relation 
to going concern to be acceptable. However, 
no audit should be expected to predict the 
unknowable factors or all possible future 
implications for a company and this is particularly 
the case in relation to Brexit.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report88

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of PayPoint plc
continued

2.  Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued}

The risk

Our response

Revenue recognition

Refer to page 60 
(Audit Committee Report), 
page 100 (accounting policy) and 
page 94 (financial disclosures).

Data capture and processing error:
The risk is that revenue is misstated due to 
inherent complexities involved in capturing 
and processing the high volume of low-value 
transactions generated across the 
Company’s off-site terminal network. 
IT systems may not be configured 
appropriately such that data does not 
correctly flow through the IT systems.

Our procedures included:
•  Control operation: Testing controls over the 

general IT environment, with the support of our IT 
specialists to assess whether the polling, billing 
and general ledger systems are appropriately 
controlled. These procedures included testing 
access to programmes and data, programme 
change and development to address the risk of 
unauthorised changes being made to the 
operation of IT application controls;

•  Control operation: Testing key automated 

controls (with the support of our IT specialists) 
and manual controls, including controls that are 
designed to ensure reconciliations are performed 
between system reports used to generate 
invoices and off-site terminal network systems, 
are configured correctly. These controls support 
that revenue transactions are recorded and 
recognised in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policies;

•  Tests of details: Reconcile transactions 

recorded within tested polling system reports to 
the system reports used to generate invoices;
•  Tests of details: Using data analytical tools to 

test that revenue invoiced agrees through to cash 
received; and

•  Tests of details: On a sample basis, vouch 

revenue recorded back to supporting information 
including:
 – Examination of cash receipts from clients or 

third-party confirmations.

 – Agreeing settlement debtor and creditors 

to third-party confirmations, or subsequent 
cash transactions.

Our results
•  The results of our procedures were 

satisfactory and we considered the amount 
of revenue recognised to be acceptable 
(2018: acceptable).

PayPoint Annual Report 201989

2.  Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)

The risk

Our response

Recoverability of parent 
Company’s investment 
in subsidiaries

(£60.2 million;  
2018: £60.2 million)

Refer to page 60 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 100 
(accounting policy) and page 94 
(financial disclosures).

Low risk, high value:
The carrying amount of the parent 
Company’s investments in subsidiaries 
represents 60.5% (2018: 61.8%) of 
the Company’s total assets. Their 
recoverability is not at a high risk of 
significant misstatement or subject to 
significant judgement. However, due 
to their materiality in the context of the 
parent Company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall parent 
Company audit.

Our procedures included:
•  Tests of detail: Comparing the carrying amount 

of material investments with the relevant 
subsidiaries’ draft balance sheet to identify 
whether their net assets, being an approximation 
of their minimum recoverable amount, were in 
excess of their carrying amount and assessing 
whether those subsidiaries have historically been 
profit making;

•  Assessing subsidiary audits: Assessing the 
work performed by the subsidiary audit teams 
of those subsidiaries and considering the results 
of that work on those subsidiaries’ profits and 
net assets;

•  Comparing valuation: For the investments 
where the carrying amount exceeded the net 
asset value, comparing the carrying amount of 
the investment with the expected value of the 
business based upon a discounted cash flow 
model; and

•  Benchmarking assumptions: We challenged 
the growth rate and discount rate for each 
investment where we tested the value in use 
calculation. We performed this by comparing 
the Group’s assumptions to external data.

Our results
•  The results of our procedures were 

satisfactory and we found the estimated 
recoverable amount of investments to be 
acceptable (2018: acceptable).

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report90

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of PayPoint plc
continued

3.  Our application of materiality and an overview of the 
scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was 
set at £2.5m (2018: £2.5m), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of Group profit before tax of £54.7m (2018: £52.9m) 
of which it represents 4.6% (2018: 4.7%).

Materiality for the parent Company financial statements as a 
whole was set at £0.8m (2018: £2.0m), determined with 
reference to a benchmark of Company total assets, of which 
it represents 0.8% (2018: 2.1%).

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £125k 
(2018: £125k) in respect of misstatements which relate solely to 
reclassifications within the balance sheet, £250k (2018: £250k), 
in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s ten (2018: ten) reporting components, we 
subjected ten (2018: eight) to full scope audits for Group 
purposes and none (2018: one) to statutory audit to December 
and specified audit procedures for roll forward. The components 
within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages 
illustrated opposite. For the residual component in the prior year, 
we performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-
examine our assessment that there were no significant risks 
of material misstatement within this entity.

The Group team instructed the component auditor as to the 
significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks 
detailed above and the information to be reported back. The 
Group team approved the component materialities, which ranged 
from £2.0m to £2,500 (2018: £2.0m to £1,000), having regard 
to the mix of size and risk profile of the Group across the 
components. The work on one (2018: one) of the components 
was performed by the component auditor and the rest, including 
the audit of the parent Company, was performed by the 
Group team.

The Group team visited the overseas component location in 
Romania (2018: two visits to Romania), to assess the audit risk 
and strategy and to assess the audit work performed. At this visit 
and meetings, the findings reported to the Group team were 
discussed in more detail, and any further work required by the 
Group team was then performed by the component auditor.

Profit before tax
£54.7m (2018: £52.9m)

Group materiality
£2.5m (2018: £2.5m)

£2.5m
Whole financial
statements materiality
(2018: £2.5m)

£2.0m
Range of materiality 
at ten components 
(£2.0m to £2.5k) 
(2018: £2.0m to £1.0k)

Profit before tax
Group materiality

£125k
Misstatements reported
to the Audit Committee
(2018: £125k)

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

6

100%

(2018: 94%)

94

100

Group total assets

4

100%

(2018: 96%)

96

100

1

100%

(2018: 99%)

99

100

Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2019
Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2018
Specified risk-focused 
audit procedures 2018

PayPoint Annual Report 201991

4.  We have nothing to report on going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the 
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the 
Company or the Group or to cease their operations, and as they 
have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s financial 
position means that this is realistic. They have also concluded 
that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast 
significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern 
for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial 
statements (‘the going concern period’).

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of the 
Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material uncertainty 
related to going concern, to make reference to that in this audit 
report. However, as we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that 
are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the 
time they were made, the absence of reference to a material 
uncertainty in this auditor’s report is not a guarantee that the 
Group and the Company will continue in operation.

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered the 
inherent risks to the Group’s and Company’s business model and 
analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and 
Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations 
over the going concern period. The risk that we considered most 
likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s available 
financial resources over this period was:
•  The impact of Brexit on the wider economy, impacting 

demand for the Group’s services.

As this was a risk that could potentially cast significant doubt on 
the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, we considered sensitivities over the level of available 
financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts 
taking account of reasonably possible (but not unrealistic) 
adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and 
collectively and evaluated the achievability of the actions the 
Directors consider they would take to improve the position 
should the risks materialise. We also considered less predictable 
but realistic second order impacts, such as the erosion of 
customer confidence, which could result in a rapid reduction of 
available financial resources.

Based on this work, we are required to report to you if:
•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 

relation to the Directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial 
statements on the use of the going concern basis of 
accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of that 
basis for a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements; or

•  the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on 

page 65 is materially inconsistent with our audit knowledge.

We have nothing to report in these respects, and we did not 
identify going concern as a key audit matter.

5.  We have nothing to report on the other information in 
the Annual Report
The Directors are responsible for the other information presented 
in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion 
or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, 
the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based 
solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements 
in the other information.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
Based solely on our work on the other information:
•  we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic 

Report and the Directors’ Report;

•  in our opinion the information given in those reports for the 
financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and
•  in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance 

with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ Remuneration Report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:
•  the Directors’ confirmation within the viability statement on 

page 35 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
and liquidity;

•  the principal risks disclosures describing these risks and 

explaining how they are being managed and mitigated; and
•  the Directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how 
they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why they considered that period 
to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications 
or assumptions.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the viability 
statement. We have nothing to report in this respect.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of 
only the knowledge acquired during our financial statements 
audit. As we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent 
with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were 
made, the absence of anything to report on these statements is 
not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s longer-term 
viability.

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report92

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of PayPoint plc
continued

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably 
be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements 
from our general commercial and sector experience, through 
discussion with the Directors and other management (as required 
by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s 
regulatory and legal correspondence and discussed with the 
Directors and other management the policies and procedures 
regarding compliance with laws and regulations.

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout 
our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit. This included communication from the 
Group to component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations 
identified at Group level.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial 
statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
legislation (including related companies legislation), distributable 
profits legislation, and taxation legislation and we assessed the 
extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of 
our procedures on the related financial statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for 
instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified 
the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: 
health and safety, anti-bribery, employment law, and certain 
aspects of company legislation recognising the nature of the 
Group’s activities. Auditing standards limit the required audit 
procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and 
regulations to enquiry of the Directors and other management 
and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. 
These limited procedures did not identify actual or suspected 
non-compliance.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material 
misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have 
properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with 
auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-
compliance with laws and regulations (irregularities) is from the 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the 
less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing 
standards would identify it. In addition, as with any audit, there 
remained a higher risk of non-detection of irregularities, as 
these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We are 
not responsible for preventing non-compliance and cannot be 
expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to report to you if:
•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the 

knowledge we acquired during our financial statements audit 
and the Directors’ statement that they consider that the 
Annual Report and financial statements taken as a whole is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy; or
•  the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We are required to report to you if the corporate governance 
statement does not properly disclose a departure from the 11 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by 
the Listing Rules for our review.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

6.  We have nothing to report on the other matters on which 
we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you 
if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent Company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7.  Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 85, 
the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing 
the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or other irregularities (see 
below), or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) 
will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

PayPoint Annual Report 201993

8.  The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our 
responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Michael Harper (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, E14 5GL 

22 May 2019

GovernancePayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationFinancial statementsStrategic Report94

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of revenue

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax before exceptional items
Exceptional items - prior year business disposals 

Profit before tax
Tax 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

Note

3
5

8

9

211,576
(113,303)

98,273
(44,319)

53,954
427
(586)

53,795
922

54,717
(10,285)

44,432

213,515
(113,565)

99,950
(46,489)

53,461
95
(609)

52,947
–

52,947
(10,012)

42,935

10

10

65.2p

64.8p

63.0p

62.7p

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

(740)

(740)
44,432

43,692

67

67
42,935

43,002

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Consolidated statement of financial position

95

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Translation reserve 
Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

11
12
13
16

17
18

19

19
16

21

22

11,618
15,875
26,665
781

54,939

124
139,010
37,485

176,619

231,558

176,720
4,455

181,175

233
–

233

12,171
13,586
28,047
414

54,218

279
161,987
46,040

208,306

262,524

196,562
4,213

200,775

390
66

456

181,408

50,150

201,231

61,293

227
3,352
2,684
(989)
44,876

50,150

227
2,907
2,771
(249)
55,637

61,293

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 22 May 2019 and were signed on 
behalf of the Board of Directors. 

Patrick Headon
CEO
22 May 2019

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
96

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Opening equity for 1 April 2017
Profit for the year
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations

Comprehensive income for the year
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Dividends 

Closing equity 31 March 2018

Profit for the year
Exchange differences on translation of 
foreign operations

Comprehensive income for the year
Adoption of IFRS 15
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Dividends 

Note

Share
capital
£’000

227
–

Share
premium
£’000

2,633
–

–

– 
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
274
–
–

Share-
 based
payment 
reserve
£’000

4,404
–

–

–
1,567
(2,999)
(201)
–

Translation
reserve
£’000

(316)
–

Retained
earnings
£’000

66,197
42,935

Total
equity
£’000

73,145
42,935

67

67
–
–
–
–

–

67

42,935
–
2,403
–
(55,898)

43,002
1,567
(322)
(201)
(55,898)

227

2,907

2,771

(249)

55,637

61,293

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
445
–
–

–

–

–
–
1,466
(1,563)
10
–

–

44,432

44,432

(740)

(740)
–
–
–
–
–

–

(740)

44,432
975
–
393
–
(56,561)

43,692
975
1,466
(725)
10
(56,561)

22
22
16
23

Closing equity 31 March 2019

227

3,352

2,684

(989)

44,876

50,150

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
Consolidated statement of cash flows

97

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities 
Investment income 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Net proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of subsidiary
Acquisition of subsidiary – clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities
Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

59,563

62,990

Note

27

427
(5,087)
(5,894)
12
–
–

95
(7,112)
(6,258)
–
(2,480)
1,554

(10,542)

(14,201)

23

(56,561)

(56,561)

(55,898)

(55,898)

(7,540)
46,040
(1,015)

37,485

(7,109)
53,080
69

46,040

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

Corporate cash
Clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits

Cash and cash equivalents on the statement of financial position

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

3,471
34,014

37,485

18,547
27,493

46,040

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
98

Company statement of financial position

Non-current assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

15

17

19

21

22

60,170

60,170

39,141
187

39,328

99,498

13,234
207

13,441

86,057

227
3,352
2,650
79,828

86,057

60,170

60,170

36,116
1,064

37,180

97,350

12,191
296

12,487

84,863

227
2,907
2,747
78,982

84,863

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 22 May 2019 and were signed on 
behalf of the Board of Directors. 

Patrick Headon
CEO
22 May 2019

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Company statement of changes in equity

99

Opening equity 1 April 2017
Profit for the year
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Dividends 

Closing equity 31 March 2018

Profit for the year
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Vesting of share scheme
Dividends 

Closing equity 31 March 2019

Share
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Note

227
–
–
–
–

227

–
–
–
–

2,633
–
–
274
–

2,907

–
–
445
–

22
22
23

Share- 
based
payment 
reserve
£’000

4,179
–
1,567
(2,999)
–

Retained
earnings
£’000

69,870
62,607
–
2,403
(55,898)

Total
equity
£’000

76,909
62,607
1,567
(322)
(55,898)

2,747

78,982

84,863

–
1,466
(1,563)
–

57,014
–
393
(56,561)

57,014
1,466
(725)
(56,561)

227

3,352

2,650

79,828

86,057

Company statement of cash flows

Net cash outflow from operating activities

Investing activities 
Dividends and interest received
Investment in Group companies 

Net cash used in investing activities 
Financing activities
Dividends paid

Net cash from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

(2,033)

(7,065)

Note

27

23

57,717
–

57,717

(56,561)

(56,561)

(877)
1,064

187

62,639
(21)

62,618

(55,898)

(55,898)

(345)
1,409

1,064

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
100

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Accounting policies
Statement of compliance with IFRSs and basis of preparation
PayPoint plc is a public limited company and is incorporated and registered in England in the United Kingdom under the Companies 
Act. The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange. The Group and Company’s financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling rounded to thousands (£’000). The pound sterling is the currency of 
the primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. As of the 31 March 2019 current liabilities exceeded 
current assets by £4.6 million. Our cash and borrowing capacity provides sufficient funds to meet the foreseeable needs of the 
Group.

Adoption of new and revised standards 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments 
The Group has applied IFRS 9 from 1 April 2018; as disclosed in the prior year accounts, there was no material impact at the date of 
transition on adoption of IFRS 9 so prior year comparatives have not been restated. 

(a) The classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
  The adoption of IFRS 9 did not result in any changes to classification or measurement of financial asset and liabilities. 

(b) Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9 replaced the incurred loss model in IAS 39 with an expected credit loss (ECL) model. The ECL model differs from the 
incurred loss model as impairments were recognised on an indication of impairment, whereas under IFRS 9 impairments are 
recognised on initial recognition of the financial asset. 

  PayPoint has adopted an allowance matrix for trade receivables, whereby receivables are segmented according to number of 

days outstanding and an appropriate probability of impairment is applied to each category based on historical loss experience 
and adjusted for information about current and reasonable supportable future conditions. There was no material impact from 
applying the ECL model. 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
IFRS 15 was adopted from 1 April 2018 using the modified retrospective method, therefore the prior period comparatives have not 
been restated. The cumulative impact from prior periods of £975k was adjusted through the opening retained earnings on 1 April 
2018, which is detailed in the table below. There was a minimal impact on the profit before tax for the year.

Deferral of setup and development fees
Deferral of costs associated with setting up clients and retailers on PayPoint’s network
Contracts with varied pricing structures over the contract term 

Impact at 1 April 2018

Notes

a
b
c

Impact on 
retained 
earnings
£’000

(1,760)
3,023
(288)

975

(a) Deferral of setup and development fees 
  Prior to the adoption of IFRS 15 revenue recognition for setup and development fees was dependent on contracted terms 
resulting in certain fees being recognised as contractually earned. Under IFRS 15, fees earned in advance of the provided 
services will initially be deferred and subsequently recognised as the performance obligations are satisfied.

(b) Deferral of costs associated with setting up clients and retailers on PayPoint’s network
  Costs for setting up clients and retailers, to the extent they were not capitalised under other accounting policies, were 

previously expensed as incurred and included under administration expenses. The setup costs directly attributable to contracts 
with clients and retailers incurred prior to providing the services (satisfying the performance obligations) will now be capitalised 
and recognised as an expense as the performance obligation is satisfied.

(c) Contracts with varied pricing structures over the contract term 
  Prior to the adoption of IFRS 15, transaction fees were recognised as the transaction was processed at the contractual fee 
attributable to those transactions. Under IFRS 15, estimates of the average transaction fee over the life of the contract is 
estimated. Revenue is now recognised at that estimated transaction fee with any revisions to that estimated fee at each 
reporting period.

Apart from the above, IFRS 15 did not have a significant impact on the Group’s accounting policies with respect to other revenue 
streams from clients and retailers. 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
101

The impact on the consolidated statement of profit and loss and consolidated statement of financial position in the year was as 
follows: 

Extract from the consolidated statement of financial position:

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Equity
Retained earnings

Extract from the consolidated statement of profit or loss:

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of revenue

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax before exceptional items 
Exceptional items - prior year business disposals

Profit before tax
Tax 

Profit for the year

As reported at 
31 March 2019
£’000

Adjustments
£’000

Amounts 
without the 
adoption of 
IFRS 15
£’000

139,010

(3,636)

135,374

176,720

(2,696)

174,024

44,876

(940)

43,936

As reported for 
the year ended 
31 March 2019
£’000

Adjustments
£’000

211,576
(113,303)

98,273
(44,319)

53,954
427
(586)

53,795
922

54,717
(10,285)

44,432

649
(69)

580
(545)

35
–
–

35
–

35
–

35

Amounts 
without the 
adoption of 
IFRS 15
£’000

212,225
(113,372)

98,853
(44,864)

53,989
427
(586)

53,830
922

54,752
(10,285)

44,467

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The date of initial application for the Group is 1 April 
2019 and the Group will apply the modified retrospective method. IFRS 16 provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring 
lessees to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for all applicable leases.

On adoption of IFRS 16 the Group will recognise on the statement of financial position a right-to-use asset and lease liability for all 
leases under which it is a lessee, initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments. In the statement of profit or 
loss depreciation of the asset and interest expense arising from the lease liability will be recognised in place of the operating lease 
rental expense. This will result in an increase in depreciation, finance costs and a decrease in administrative expenses. The Group 
will recognise the total amount of cash paid into a principal portion presented within financing activities and interest presented 
within operating activities in the consolidated cash flow statement. 

For short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, the Group will opt to recognise a lease expense on a straight-line basis as 
permitted by IFRS 16. 

As at 31 March 2019, the Group has a non-cancellable operating lease commitment of £1.3 million.

The Group has assessed the estimated impact of the initial application of IFRS 16 on its consolidated financial statements, as 
described below. The impact of IFRS 16 on implementation may change as a result of alterations to existing lease contracts terms 
or new contracts entered into before the standard’s implementation.

Based on current information, if the standard was adopted in the current financial year the right-to-use asset would increase gross 
assets by £1.1 million and lease liabilities would increase total liabilities by £1.2 million. The net impact on the profit and loss 
account would be a reduction of £28k, depreciation would increase by £235k, finance costs would increase by £45k and 
administration expenses would decrease by £308k. 

The Group assessed whether it had any assets where it was the lessor and concluded that it does not lease any assets.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
 
 
 
102

In the current year, several amendments to IFRS issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) became 
mandatorily effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2018. The below have not had a material impact 
on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these financial statements:
•  2014-2016 Cycle of annual improvements to IFRS
•  IFRS 2: (amended) Classification and Measurement of Share-Based Payment Transactions
•  IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

New and revised IFRS standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, new and revised standards issued but not yet effective are set out 
below. It is anticipated the adoption of these standards and interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the 
financial statements of the Group. These have not been adopted in the Group’s accounting policies:

Effective from 1 April 2019:
•  IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
•  Amendments to IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Use of judgements and estimates
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if 
the revision affects both current and future periods.

Judgement: capitalised development expenditure
An accounting judgement at the statement of financial position date that has a risk of causing an adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities through estimation uncertainty is the evaluation of capitalised development expenditure shown in 
intangible assets.

Critical estimate: useful economic lives of intangible assets 
The useful life used to amortise intangible assets relates to the expected future performance of the assets and management’s 
judgement of the period over which economic benefit will be derived from the asset. For development costs, the Group has 
determined the useful life based on historical experience with similar products and platforms controlled by the Group as well as 
anticipation of future events which may impact their life such as changes in technology. Development costs recognised as an 
intangible asset could be amortised on a straight-line basis over a period of three to ten years which could impact the annual 
amortisation charge by an increase of £1.5 million to a decrease of £2.3 million.

Critical judgement: agent vs principal 
A critical judgement for revenue recognition is PayPoint’s assessment of whether it is acting as a principal or agent. This includes 
evaluating: 
(a) which party was responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the service
(b) inventory risk before the service is transferred to a customer
(c) discretion in establishing the price for the service

In most cases it was clear that PayPoint acts in the capacity of an agent for clients. However, the nature of Romania’s mobile 
top-ups makes this a key judgement area. Revenues are recognised on the principal basis considering the level of service 
responsibility, inventory risk and price discretion held by PayPoint. This is consistent with the judgement in prior years. 

The cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards as principal was £48.5 million (2018: £44.8 million). 

Critical judgement: recognition of cash and cash equivalents
The nature of bill payments services means that PayPoint collects and holds funds on behalf of clients and also retains retailers’ 
deposits as security for those collections. The recognition of cash, retailer receivables and the related client payables is a key 
judgement area as those funds pass through the settlement process.

PayPoint uses the following criteria to determine whether clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits are recognised on balance sheet:
(a) existence of a binding agreement clearly identifying the beneficiary of the funds
(b) the identification, ability to allocate and separability of funds
(c) identification of the holder of those funds at any point in time

Where there is a binding agreement specifying that PayPoint holds funds on behalf of the client (i.e. acting in the capacity of a 
trustee) and those funds have been separately identified as belonging to that beneficiary, the cash and the related liability is held 
off balance sheet. In all other situations the cash and corresponding liability are recognised on the balance sheet. 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
103

Judgement: impact from Brexit
PayPoint has carried out an assessment of the impact of a no-deal Brexit scenario by identifying key risks to its operating model. 
Whilst no business can mitigate against the impact of Brexit, actions to reduce disruption in the short term were undertaken. 
Details of these are included in the principal risks and uncertainties found on page 32. Furthermore, as part of viability assessment 
(see page 35) a scenario of a systematic risk in the markets we operate was assessed including the impact on retailers and clients. 
The Directors concluded that PayPoint is a viable operation.

Alternative performance measures
Non-IFRS measures or alternative performance measures are used by the Directors and management for performance analysis, 
planning, reporting and incentive-setting purposes and have remained consistent with the prior year. These measures are included 
in these financial statements to provide additional useful information on performance and trends to shareholders. 

These measures are not defined terms under IFRS and therefore they may not be comparable with similarly titled measures 
reported by other companies. They are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures. These measures include 
net revenue, operating margin, effective tax rate (note 9), reported dividends (note 23) and cash generation.

Net revenue (non-IFRS measure)
Net revenue is revenue less commissions paid to retailers and the cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards where PayPoint is principal. 
This reflects the benefit attributable to PayPoint’s performance eliminating pass-through costs which creates comparability where 
PayPoint is agent or principal and is an important measure of the overall success of our strategy. A reconciliation from revenue to 
net revenue is included in note 4.

Effective tax rate (non-IFRS measure)
Effective tax rate is the tax cost as a percentage of the net profit before tax.

Reported dividends (non-IFRS measure)
Reported dividends are based on a financial year’s results from which the dividend is declared and consist of an interim and final 
dividend. This is different to statutory dividends as the final dividend on ordinary shares is recognised in the following year when 
they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Cash generation (non-IFRS measure)
Cash generation reflects earnings before tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items adjusted for working capital 
(excluding movement in clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits) as detailed in note 27 to the financial statements. This measures the 
cash generated which can be used for tax payments, new investments and financing activities. 

Total costs (non-IFRS measure)
Total costs comprises of other cost of revenue (note 5), admin expenses, financing income and financing costs. This represents the 
total operating costs of the Group and is a key driver of profitability for operating on a low-cost model. 

Operating margin (non-IFRS measure)
Operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit by net revenue. This measure reflects the efficiency of converting 
revenue into profits. 

Significant accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted by the Group are consistent with prior years.

Basis of consolidation
PayPoint plc (the ‘Company’) acts as a holding company. The Group accounts consolidate the accounts of the Company and 
entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). 

Control is achieved when the Company has the power over an entity, is exposed, or has rights, to variable return from its 
involvement with it, and has the ability to use its powers to affect its returns. The Company reassesses its control in an entity 
if facts and circumstances indicate that there is a change to any of the three elements of control listed above. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are consolidated for the periods from or to the date on which control changed. 
All intergroup transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

All the subsidiaries of the Group, a list of which are provided in note 15 of the financial statements, apply accounting policies which 
are consistent with those of the Group.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit 
or loss as incurred. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets 
given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The 
acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets that are classified as held for 
resale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, which are recognised and 
measured at fair value less costs to sell.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance104

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised and is measured at the amount 
initially recognised less any accumulated impairment losses. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s subsidiaries (cash-generating units). The 
cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is 
an indication of impairment. This is done by determining the recoverable amount. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised by first allocating the impairment to goodwill and then to the 
other assets on a pro-rata basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss and is not reversed in subsequent years.

On disposal of a cash-generating unit, the related goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life and intangible assets not 
available for use are tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying 
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an 
expense immediately.

The reversal of any impairment loss is limited by the net book value to which the relevant asset would have been reduced, had no 
impairment occurred. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income.

Revenue
Revenue represents the value of services and goods delivered or sold to clients and retailers which is measured using the fair value 
of the consideration received or receivable, net of value added tax. Performance obligations are identified at contract inception 
and the revenue is recognised once the performance obligations are satisfied. 

Revenue from bill payments comprises fees from clients for providing over-the-counter payments, digital bill payments and 
CashOut services. Over-the-counter and digital payments services are products where customers of PayPoint’s clients can pay 
their bills (due to the client) at any of PayPoint’s retailers or online. PayPoint provides the technology for recording the payment 
of bills and transmission of that payment data to the client. PayPoint also collects bill payment funds from retailers and remits 
those funds to clients. Revenue is recognised as performance obligations are satisfied which is usually at the point in time each 
transaction is processed. Management fees, set-up fees or up-front lump sum payments are deferred and recognised on 
a straight-line basis over the contracted period with the client. 

Top-ups and eMoney revenue comprises revenue from top-ups for mobile phones, eVouchers, prepaid debit cards and lottery 
tickets. Revenue is recognised at the point in time each top-up is sold. Other than as described below, PayPoint is contracted 
as agent in the supply of top-ups and accordingly the commission earned from clients is recognised as revenue. In Ireland and 
Romania, PayPoint contracts as principal for mobile top-ups and revenue is recognised at the gross sale price and cost of revenue 
includes the related cost. 

Retail services revenue comprises:
•  service fees from retailers that use our technology to facilitate card payments, PayPoint One and legacy terminals and EPoS, 

all of which are charged for on a weekly or monthly basis, and recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract 
•  commissions, rebates and fees from card payment, ATM transaction fees and money transfer transactions are recognised when 

each transaction is processed

•  fees earned for processing parcels is recognised when each parcel has been delivered or returned through the PayPoint network
•  commissions from sale of SIM cards is primarily earned from the mobile operators based on the value of top-ups after the initial 

activation. This revenue is contingent on the customer actions and is recognised as the consumer tops up the SIM card 

•  fees for receipt advertising and failed direct debits are recognised at the time the transaction occurs
•  the Group’s share of royalty income from the Collect+ joint operation and is recognised as the parcels are processed 

(see accounting policy on joint arrangements on page 107)

Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to delivering our services and products. These include retailer commissions, 
cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards (where PayPoint is principal), transaction costs, terminal and ATM maintenance costs, 
telecommunications costs, field service costs, depreciation and amortisation of assets used to deliver services.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued105

Foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transaction. At each reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at 
the rates prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are 
denominated in foreign currency are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when fair value was determined. Gains and losses 
arising on translation are included in net profit or loss for the year.

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the statement of 
financial position date. Cash flows, profit and loss items are translated at the average exchange rates for the year unless exchange 
rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising on consolidation are recorded in a separate component of equity titled 
the translation reserve. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Exchange rates used for translation 

Romania Leu – average

Romania Leu – year end

Euro – average

Euro – year end

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

5.29

5.54

1.13

1.16

5.21

5.29

1.13

1.14

On the disposal of a foreign operation, accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation are reclassified to profit 
or loss.

Pension costs
The Group makes payments to a number of defined contribution pension schemes. Pension costs are recognised as an expense 
when employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions. Differences between contributions payable in the year 
and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the statement of financial position.

Share-based payments
Share-based payment arrangements are either cash-settled or equity-settled at the Group’s option. The Group determines 
whether it has incurred a present obligation to settle in cash (based on past practice and stated policy) and if there is no present 
obligation, treats the options as equity-settled. If the Group then elects to settle in cash, the cash payment is accounted for as a 
deduction from equity.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date 
of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period adjusted for non-market 
conditions where they will not vest (i.e. leavers). Fair value is measured by use of a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of other 
equity-settled share-based payments where no market vesting conditions exist are based on the share price at the date of the 
grant. 

Finance income
Finance income comprises of bank deposit interest received on cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions. Interest is 
recognised as earned which reflects the effective interest rate method.

Finance costs
Finance costs comprises of interest costs for the loan facility and bank overdraft. Finance costs are recognised as expense in the 
period in which they are incurred.

Retailer commission costs 
Retailer commission costs represent the fees due to PayPoint’s retailers for providing PayPoint’s services in their store. These 
costs are recognised as an expense within cost of revenue when the transaction or parcel is processed. PayPoint owns the 
relationship with the retailer and accordingly recognises the cost as a principal, rather than a pass-through cost for clients.

Exceptional items
The Group presents exceptional items on the face of the consolidated statement of profit or loss those material items of income 
and expense which, because of the nature and expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation 
to allow shareholders to understand better the elements of financial performance in the year so as to facilitate comparison with 
prior years and to better assess trends in financial performance.

Taxation
The Group operates in three different tax jurisdictions which can lead to some complexity in tax matters. This requires a degree of 
estimation of liabilities and delays resolution of issues. The final resolution of tax issues may give rise to variances in profit or loss 
and cash. The Group’s policy is to pay tax when due but to minimise tax payments where practically possible, without engaging in 
aggressive tax schemes.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance106

The tax expense represents the amount payable in respect of the year under review based on the taxable profit for the year and the 
provision for deferred tax. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of 
income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are not taxable or deductible. 

The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that are applicable to the current year. 

Deferred tax is provided in full on taxable temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax 
assets are recognised on deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be 
available against which the tax asset will be realised.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint 
ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax is charged or 
credited in the statement of profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income or 
equity, in which case the deferred tax is recorded in other comprehensive income or equity.

Intangible assets
Recognition on acquisition
The Group has recognised a brand intangible asset at fair values in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, which is being 
amortised over its estimated useful economic life of five years. 

Development expenditure
The Group develops computer software and other intangible assets for internal use. Development expenditure on large projects is 
recognised as an intangible asset if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible and the Group intends to and 
has the technical ability and sufficient resources to complete development, future economic benefits are probable and if the Group 
can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. The costs that are capitalised are 
the directly attributable costs necessary to create and prepare the asset for operations. Development costs recognised as an 
intangible asset are amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life, which is between five and ten years. Other software costs 
are recognised in administrative expenses when incurred.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided at rates 
calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of each asset on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life. The 
estimated useful lives are as follows and are reviewed on an annual basis:
•  freehold building – 50 years
•  leasehold improvements – over the life of the lease
•  PayPoint One terminals – seven years
•  other terminals – five years
•  ATMs– five years
•  other classes of assets – three to five years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangements in the Company accounts are stated at cost less accumulated impairments.

Inventories
Inventories comprises stocks of eVouchers, scratch cards and SIM cards. These are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable 
value.

In Ireland and Romania, PayPoint trades as principal for the processing and sale of mobile phone top-ups and the cost of these 
eVouchers is included in inventories. Where PayPoint acts as an agent, the cost of the eVouchers is not included in inventories. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are initially recorded at fair value and represent the amount of commission due from clients or fees from retailers 
for which payment has not been received, less an allowance for doubtful accounts that is estimated based on factors such as the 
credit rating of the customer, historical trends, the current economic environment and other information.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued107

PayPoint have used the Expected Credit Loss (‘ECL’) model and have adopted an allowance matrix for trade receivables, whereby 
these are segmented according to number of days outstanding and an appropriate probability of impairment is applied to each 
category based on historical loss experience and adjusted for information about current and reasonable supportable future 
conditions. 

Items in the course of collection represent gross transaction values received by retailers that have not yet been collected 
by PayPoint.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially recorded at fair value and represent the value of invoices received from suppliers for purchases of goods 
and services for which payment has not been made.

Settlement payables represent gross transaction values received by retail agents that have not yet been settled to clients.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. 

Joint arrangements
PayPoint’s investment in Collect+ Holdings Limited is accounted for as a joint operation under IFRS 11 and is accounted for by 
recognising, in relation to the interest in the joint operation:
•  the assets, including its share of any assets held jointly
•  the liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly
•  the revenue from the sale of its share of the output arising from the joint operation
•  the share of the revenue from the sale of the output by the joint operation
•  the expenses, including its share of any expenses incurred jointly

The Group accounts for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses relating to its interest in a joint operation in accordance with 
the IFRSs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Leases
At the inception of finance leases, the leased asset and the corresponding lease liability (net of finance charges) is recognised on 
the statement of financial position based on the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum 
lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding lease 
liability. The finance expense is recognised in profit or loss on a basis that reflects a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
finance lease liability. 

Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if the payments are not made on such 
a basis. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are similarly spread on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. 

Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, net of any attributable transaction costs, and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows and statement of financial position, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at 
bank and in hand and short-term deposits with original maturity of less than three months and are subject to insignificant risk of 
changes in value. Cash consists of both corporate cash and clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits. 

Corporate cash consists of cash available to PayPoint for its daily operations. Clients’ funds consists of cash collected on behalf of 
clients from retailers, but not yet transferred to clients and is held in PayPoint’s bank accounts. Retailers’ deposits consists of 
retailers’ funds held as security against default, except if held in trust which is disclosed off of the balance sheet.

Dividends
Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the year in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders. 
Interim ordinary dividends are recognised when paid.

In the Company accounts, dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have 
been established.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance108

2. Segment reporting
Segment information
The Group provides a number of different services and products, however these do not meet the definition of different segments 
under IFRS 8 and the Group has only one operating segment.

Geographical information

Revenue 
UK
Ireland
Romania

Total

Non-current assets

UK and Ireland
Romania

Total

3. Revenue 
Disaggregation of revenue 

Bill payments
Top-ups and eMoney
Retail services

Total 

Contract balances

Trade receivables
Accrued income
Contract assets – deferral of set-up and development fees
Contract liabilities
Deferred income 

Total 

Deferred income recognised as revenue in the year was £0.5 million.

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

143,294
1,381
66,901

211,576

152,225
3,727
57,563

213,515

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

41,759
13,180

54,939

40,411
13,807

54,218

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

78,095
79,076
54,405 

 82,478 
 75,400 
 55,637 

211,576

 213,515

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

Notes

17
17
17
19
19

 15,271 
 2,047 
 3,636 
(2,696)
(599)

 17,659 

18,425
3,644
–
–
(721)

21,348

Seasonality of operations
PayPoint operates in many sectors each within their own form of seasonality. The energy bill payment and parcel sectors are the 
most seasonal sectors with the energy sector generating more transactions during the winter months and parcels generating 
higher volumes in the lead up to Christmas. As a result, higher revenue and operating profits are usually expected in the second 
half of the year rather than in the first six months. This does not constitute “highly seasonal” as considered by IAS 34 Interim 
Financial Reporting. 

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
4. Net revenue (alternative performance measure)

Service revenue
Sale of goods
Royalties

Total revenue 
less: 
Retailers’ commissions 
Cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards as principal

Net revenue 
SPS revenue and Yodel contract renegotiation

Underlying net revenue

5. Cost of revenue

Retailers’ commissions
Cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards as principal

Cost of revenue deducted to arrive at net revenue
Depreciation and amortisation 
Other 

Other costs of revenue

Total cost of revenue

109

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

147,988 
62,557 
1,031

211,576

(46,434)
(48,507)

116,635
(706)

115,929

 164,519 
 47,809 
 1,187 

213,515

(49,100)
(44,844)

119,571
(5,925)

113,646

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

46,434
48,507

94,941
9,365
8,997

18,362

49,100
44,844

93,944
10,195
9,426

19,621

113,303

113,565

6. Profit of parent Company
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under S.408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently the statement 
profit or loss of the parent Company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The profit of the parent Company for 
the financial year amounted to £57.0 million (2018: £62.6 million).

7. Employee information

Average number of employees
Sales, distribution and marketing 
Operations and administration 

Staff costs during the year (including Directors)
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

177
498

675

26,245
2,267
1,625

30,137

174
464

638

22,985
2,285
1,413

26,683

There was a credit for redundancy and termination costs of £0.1 million due to the reversal of a prior year accrual (2018: charge of 
£0.4 million).

Directors’ emoluments, pension contributions and share options are disclosed in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 65 
to 81. Included within staff costs is a share-based payment charge (note 22) of £1.4 million (2018: £1.6 million).

Pension arrangements
The Group administers a non-contributory defined contribution scheme for Executive Directors and employees. The amount 
charged in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year for pension costs of the Group under the scheme was £1.6 
million (2018: £1.4 million). There was no accrual for pension contributions at the statement of financial position date (2018: £nil).

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
110

8. Profit for the year

Profit is after charging: 
Inventory expensed – cost of mobile top-ups and SIM cards as principal
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment – cost of revenue
Amortisation of intangible assets – cost of revenue
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment – administration expenses
Amortisation of intangible assets – administration expenses
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Operating leases
Exceptional item1
Research and development costs

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

48,507
5,936
3,429
382
37
110
301
922
299

44,844
6,100
4,095
262
60
52
67
–
2,100

1.  Exceptional item relates to a provision release of £922k which was held against potential liabilities arising from the disposal of the PayByPhone business in 2016. 

Auditor’s remuneration: 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 

Total audit fees 

Other audit-related services
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the review of the interim results

Audit-related assurance services

Total auditor’s remuneration

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

46
191

237

10
38

48

285

35
139

174

–
35

35

209

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set out on pages 60 to 64 and includes an explanation of how auditor 
independence is safeguarded by limitation of non-audit services.

Reconciliation to underlying profit

Profit before tax before exceptional items
Impact of SPS and Yodel contract
VAT recovery related to prior years

9. Tax

Current tax
Charge for current year 
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Current tax charge

Deferred tax
Charge for current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax credit

Total income tax

Income tax charge

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

 53,795
(706)
(2,427)

50,662

52,947
(5,925)
(1,500)

45,522

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

10,475
233

10,708

10,224
62

10,286

(195)
(228)

(423)

(262)
(12)

(274)

10,285

10,012

The income tax charge is based primarily on the United Kingdom statutory rate of corporation tax for the year of 19% (2018: 19%). 
The charge for the year is reconciled below the profit before tax as set out in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. In the 
current year, the main rate of UK corporation tax was 19% (2018: 19%). Reductions in the main rate of UK corporation tax from 
19% to 17% for the year beginning 1 April 2020 have been substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date. 
Temporary differences have been measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply when the liability is settled 
or the asset realised.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued111

The tax charge of £10.3 million (2018: £10.0 million) on profit before tax of £54.7 million (2018: £52.9 million) represents an 
effective tax rate1 of 18.8% (2018: 18.9%), 0.1% lower than prior year due to the non-taxable nature of the £0.9 million exceptional 
item. Excluding this the effective tax rate would have been 19.1%, slightly higher than prior year due to the tax deduction for 
vested share options being lower than the expense recognised in the statement of profit and loss and other non-deductible 
expenses. The charge for the year is reconciled below to the profit before tax as set out in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss.

Profit before tax 

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2018: 19%) 
Tax effects of:
Effect of tax rates in other countries where the rate is different to the UK 
Disallowable expenses
Losses in companies where a deferred tax asset is not recognised
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Tax impact of share-based payments
Revaluation of deferred tax asset
Non-taxable exceptional items

Actual amount of tax charge 

1.  Effective tax rate is the tax cost as a percentage of profit before tax.

Profit before tax for the purposes of calculating the effective tax rate is as follows:

Year ended 31 March (£’000)

Profit before tax
Exceptional items

Total for calculating the effective tax rate excluding exceptional items

Effective tax rate

Effective tax rate
Effective tax rate excluding exceptional items

10. Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated on the following profit and number of shares.

Profit for basic and diluted earnings per share is the net profit attributable to equity holders 
of the parent

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (for basic earnings per share) 
Potential dilutive ordinary shares: 
Long-term incentive plan
Deferred annual bonus scheme
SIP and other

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

54,717

10,396

52,947

10,059

(182)
103
–
5
102
36
(175)

(130)
49
4
50
(22)
2
–

10,285

10,012

2019

54,717
(922)

53,795

2018

52,947
–

52,947

Year ended 
31 March 2019

Year ended
31 March 2018

18.8%
19.1%

18.9%
18.9%

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

44,432

42,935

Year ended
31 March 2019
Number of 
shares
Thousands

Year ended
31 March 2018
Number of
shares
Thousands

68,160

68,113

361
39
37

260
48
29

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (for diluted earnings per share)

68,598

68,450

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

65.2p

64.8p

63.0p

62.7p

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
 
112

11. Goodwill

Cost 
At 31 March 2017
Acquisition
Exchange rate adjustment 

At 31 March 2018
Exchange rate adjustment 

At 31 March 2019

Total
£’000

8,236
3,947
(12)

12,171
(553)

11,618

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of PayPoint Romania and Payzone Romania.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment as set out in the accounting policy note on page 104. Following the integration of 
operations in Romania both legal entities are considered a single cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) for the purpose of goodwill 
impairment testing. The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by 
management for the medium term and extends cash flows to perpetuity. Terminal values are based on nominal growth rates that 
do not exceed 3% (2018: 3%). The post-tax rates used of 13.8% (2018: 13.1%) to discount the forecast cash flows are based on 
the Group’s estimated weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for tax, country or business specific risk premiums. 

The CGU generates value substantially in excess of the carrying value of the CGU. Management therefore believes that no 
reasonably possible change in any of the above assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to materially exceed its 
recoverable amount.

12. Other intangible assets

Cost 
At 31 March 2018
Additions
Disposals
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2019

Accumulated amortisation
At 31 March 2018
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2019

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2019

At 31 March 2018

Development 
costs
£’000

Trademark
£’000

Total
£’000

20,902
6,032
(265)
(22)

26,647

7,555
3,413
–
(18)

10,950

15,697

13,347

266
–
–
(12)

254

27
53
–
(4)

76

21,168
6,032
(265)
(34)

26,901

7,582
3,466
–
(22)

11,026

178

239

15,875

13,586

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
Cost 
At 31 March 2017
Additions
Disposals
Acquisitions
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2018

Accumulated amortisation
At 31 March 2017
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2018

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2018

At 31 March 2017

16,328
5,564
(1,034)
44
–

20,902

4,461
4,128
(1,034)

7,555

13,347

11,867

–
–
–
270
(4)

266

–
27
–

27

239

–

At 31 March 2019, the Group had not entered into any material contractual commitments for other intangible assets.

13. Property, plant and equipment

113

Development 
costs
£’000

Trademark
£’000

Total
£’000

16,328
5,564
(1,034)
314
(4)

21,168

4,461
4,155
(1,034)

7,582

13,586

11,867

Total 
£’000

82,334
5,173
(819)
(357)

Terminals 
and ATMs 
£’000

67,733
4,149
(444)
(477)

70,961

51,280
5,763
(342)
(274)

56,427

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£’000

3,920
700
(263)
120

4,477

1,865
319
(259)
(22)

1,903

Land and 
buildings
£’000

10,681
324
(112)
–

10,893

86,331

1,142
236
(42)
–

1,336

54,287
6,318
(643)
(296)

59,666

14,534

16,453

2,574

2,055

9,557

9,539

26,665

28,047

Cost 
At 31 March 2018
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2019

Accumulated depreciation 
At 31 March 2018
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2019

Carrying amount

At 31 March 2019

At 31 March 2018

At 31 March 2019, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of terminals amounting to £0.9 million 
(2018: £1.7 million).

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
 
114

13. Property, plant and equipment continued

Cost 
At 31 March 2017
Additions 
Disposals 
Acquisitions
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2018

Accumulated depreciation 
At 31 March 2017
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustment

At 31 March 2018

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2018

At 31 March 2017

Terminals 
and ATMs 
£’000

61,462
6,402
(399)
281
(13)

67,733

45,726
5,924
(358)
(12)

51,280

16,453

15,736

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£’000

3,982
207
(372)
103
–

3,920

1,988
248
(372)
1

1,865

2,055

1,994

Land and 
buildings
£’000

10,390
291
–
–
–

10,681

952
190
–
–

Total 
£’000

75,834
6,900
(771)
384
(13)

82,334

48,666
6,362
(730)
(11)

1,142

54,287

9,539

9,438

28,047

27,168

14. Joint operation
The joint operation with the Collect+ Group, has licensed the use of the Collect+ brand to both Drop and Collect Limited 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Yodel) and PayPoint. In consideration, PayPoint and Drop and Collect Limited pay royalties 
to the joint operation for each parcel they introduce to the Collect+ network. The royalties in the arrangement are then 
distributed equally to Yodel and PayPoint on a regular basis.

The only source of revenue for the Collect+ Group in the period was the royalty income received from licensing the brand. 
The Group’s share of £1.0 million (2018: £1.2 million) has been included in revenue. There were insignificant operating costs 
incurred by the arrangement.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
115

15. Investments
The Company, a holding company, has investments (directly or indirectly) in the following undertakings which are wholly owned 
unless otherwise stated:

Company name

Principal activity (registered address)

PayPoint Network Limited 

PayPoint Collections Limited

PayPoint Retail Solutions Limited

Management of an electronic payment service
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City,  
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL)

Provision of a payment collection service
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City,  
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL)

Provision of retail services
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City,  
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL)

PayPoint Ireland Limited

PayPoint Network Ireland Limited

Holding company
(29 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2)

Ceased trading
(29 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2)

PayPoint Collections Ireland Limited Ceased trading

(29 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2)

PayPoint Services SRL 

Payzone S.A.

SC P.P. Network Progresimo SRL

Management of an electronic payment and collection service 
(Charles de Gaulle Square, 15th Floor 8, Sector 1,  
Bucharest, Romania)

Management of an electronic payment service
(Charles de Gualle Square, 15th Floor 8, Sector 1, 
Bucharest, Romania)

Holding Company
(Charles de Gaulle Square, 15th Floor 8, Sector 1,  
Bucharest, Romania)

Country of registration

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Romania

Romania

Romania

PayPoint Payment Services Limited Provision of regulated payments services

England and Wales

Collect+ Holdings Limited1

Collect+ Brand Limited1

PayPoint Trust Managers Limited

(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City,  
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL)

Holding company
(20-22 Wenlock Road, London N1 7GU)

Holder of Collect+ brand
(20-22 Wenlock Road, London N1 7GU)

Provision of employee benefit trust services
(1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City,  
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL)

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

1.  The Group holds a 50% interest in Collect+ Holdings Limited and Collect+ Brand Limited. The Group has licensed the Collect+ Brand from Collect+ Limited but no royalty charges 

have been paid or are payable.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
116

Movement of investments

Cost and net book value
Balance at the beginning of the year
Additions 

Balance at the end of the year

16. Deferred tax asset and liability

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Share-based payments
Short-term temporary differences

Total

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Share-based payments
Short-term temporary differences

Total

Disclosed as: 
Non-current asset

Non-current liability

Total

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

60,170
–

60,170

60,149
21

60,170

31 March 2018
£’000

Credit/(debit) 
to statement of 
profit or loss
£’000

Charge
 to equity
£’000

31 March 2019
£’000

811
(968)
441
64

348

31 March 2017
£’000

Credit to 
statement of 
profit or loss
£’000

736
(933)
592
(41)

354

113
6
50
105

274

109
269
(9)
54

423

Charge
 to equity
£’000

–
–
(201)
–

(201)

–
–
10
–

10

920
(699)
442
118

781

Acquisitions
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

(38)
(41)
–
–

(79)

811
(968)
441
64

348

414

(66)

348

At the statement of financial position date and in the prior year, the Group had no unused tax losses.

No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries 
because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The aggregate amount of these differences is not material at the statement of financial 
position date.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
17. Trade and other receivables

Group

Trade receivables
Items in the course of collection
Revenue allowance

Other receivables 
Contract assets
Accrued income 
Prepayments

117

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

15,271
117,263
(2,957)

129,577

1,032
3,636
2,047
2,718

18,425
139,666
(3,862)

154,229

1,208
–
3,644
2,906

139,010

161,987

1.  Items in the course of collection represent amounts collected for clients by retailers. An equivalent balance is included within trade and other payables.

The Group’s exposure to the credit risk inherent in its trade and other receivables is discussed in note 24. 

The Group reviews trade receivables past due but not impaired on a regular basis and in determining the recoverability of the trade 
receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivables from the date credit was initially granted 
up to the reporting date.

Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £8.6 million (2018: £11.6 million), which are 
past due, for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the Group believes 
that the amounts are still recoverable. The ageing of the trade receivables past due is as follows:

Carrying value at 31 March 2019

Carrying value at 31 March 2018

Movement in the revenue allowance

Balance at the beginning of the year
Amounts utilised in the year
Increase in allowance 
Foreign exchange

Balance at end of the year

Age of revenue allowance

Carrying value at 31 March 2019

Carrying value at 31 March 2018

Company

Amounts owed by Group companies
Other receivables 
Accrued income
Prepayments

Less than 
1 month
£’000

 7,916 

 9,564 

1-2 months
£’000

2-3 months
£’000

 408 

 1,048 

 46 

 1,010 

More than 
3 months
£’000

 195 

 17 

Total
£’000

 8,565 

11,639 

Less than 
1 month
£’000

76

 62 

1-2 months
£’000

2-3 months
£’000

10

 2 

43

–

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

3,862
(1,468)
760
(197)

2,957

More than 
3 months
£’000

2,828

 3,798 

3,640
(1,209)
1,424
7

3,862

Total
£’000

2,957

 3,862 

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

38,405
–
112
624

39,141

36,023
93
–
–

36,116

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
 
 
 
118

18. Cash and cash equivalents
The Group operates cash pooling amongst its various bank accounts in the UK and therefore individual accounts can be overdrawn 
without penalties being incurred so long as the overall position is in credit. 

Included within Group cash and cash equivalents of £37.5 million are balances of £34.0 million relating to funds collected on behalf 
of clients where PayPoint has title to the funds (clients’ funds) and where retailers have provided security deposits (retailers’ 
deposits). An equivalent balance is included within trade payables (note 19). Clients’ funds held in trust which are not included in 
cash and cash equivalents amounted to £47.5 million at 31 March 2019.

19. Trade and other payables

Group

Amounts owed in respect of clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits1 
Settlement payables2 

Client payables 
Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables 
Accruals 
Deferred income
Contract liabilities

Disclosed as:
Current
Non-current

Total

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

34,014
117,263

151,277
7,536
1,985
5,939
6,921
599
2,696

176,953

176,720
233

176,953

27,493
139,666

167,159
8,010
7,286
2,823
10,953
721
–

196,952

196,562
390

196,952

1.  Relates to monies collected on behalf of clients where the Group has title to the funds (clients’ funds and retailers’ deposits). An equivalent balance is included within cash and 

cash equivalents.

2.  Payable in respect of amounts collected for clients by retailers. An equivalent balance is included within trade and other receivables.

Company

Amounts owned by Group companies
Other payables 
Accruals 

20. Financial commitments
Operating lease commitments for land and buildings is as follows:

Amounts payable under operating leases:
Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After five years 

21. Share capital

Authorised share capital 
4,365,352,200 (2018: 4,365,352,200) ordinary shares of 1/3p each

Called up, allotted and fully paid share capital
68,243,406 (2018: 68,180,545) ordinary shares of 1/3p each

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

12,094
10
1,130

13,234

10,187
70
1,934

12,191

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

263
1,008
–

1,271

237
947
197

1,381

31 March 2019
£’000

31 March 2018
£’000

14,551

14,551

14,551

14,551

227

227

227

227

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
119

22. Share-based payments
LTIP, DSB, DABS and restricted schemes
The Group’s share schemes are described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 65 to 81 and include LTIP, DABS and 
restricted share equity settled share schemes. 

During the year, 209,694 shares under the LTIP scheme were granted with 50% of the vesting based on Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) and 50% on earnings per share (EPS) growth. The performance condition for the TSR element is the same as the vesting 
period. The performance period for the EPS element is for the three financial years up to 31 March 2020. A further 48,444 shares 
were issued under the DABS scheme vesting over three years to 4 June 2021. 

Other share-based payments include 62,196 restricted shares which were issued to eligible employees which do not contain 
any performance criteria. Half will vest over two years on 25 March 2021 with the second half vesting over three years on 
25 March 2023. 

The amount charged to the statement of profit or loss in the year was £1.4 million (2018: £1.5 million). A total charge of £1.6 million 
(2018: £2.9 million) previously recognised directly to equity for schemes which have now lapsed or vested was transferred from the 
share-based payments reserve to retained earnings during the period.

Share awards movement during the year

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted 
Lapsed
Forfeited
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of the year

Number
of shares
2019

715,528
320,334
(107,388)
(28,873)
(113,731)

Number
of shares
2018

669,828
320,714
(207,123)
(4,861)
(63,030)

785,870

715,528

All awards granted and in issue are for free shares and therefore the weighted average exercise price for all outstanding schemes 
is £nil.

Number
of shares
2019

201,845
518,652
65,373

785,870

Number
of shares
2018

 234,572 
 206,458 
 274,498 

 715,528 

Remaining vesting period of outstanding share awards

Within one year 
One to two years
Two to three years

Outstanding at end of the year

Awards

LTIP
Restricted
DABS

Grant date

Number of shares

4 June 2018
25 March 2019
4 June 2018

209,694
62,196
48,444

Vesting date

25 July 2021
25 July 2021
25 July 2021

The inputs into the Monte Carlo model for LTIP awards during the year are as follows:

Weighted average share price 
Expected volatility1
Expected life
Risk-free rate
Fair value of award

2018
LTIP CEO TSR

1,076.0p
27%
3 years
0.70%
785.6p

2018 
LTIP Non-CEO TSR

1,076.0p
27%
3 years
0.70%
818.4p

2018 
LTIP EPS

1,076.0p
27%
3 years
0.70%
1,076.0p

1.  The expected volatility for PayPoint has been calculated using historical daily data over a term equal to the expected life of each conditional award.

Restricted shares issued during the year have a fair value of 870p. DABS shares issued during the year have a fair value of 1,076p 
being the share price on the date of the grant.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance 
 
120

Share Incentive Plan
The employee Share Incentive Plan is open to all employees of PayPoint Network, PayPoint Collections, PayPoint Retail Solutions 
and provides a purchase price equal to the market price on the date of purchase. The shares are purchased each month 
(or employees can opt to purchase 12 months at the start of each year) and are placed in the employee share savings plan for a 
three-year period. For each share purchased by the employee the Company issues a free matching share which will vest subject to 
the employee remaining employed with the Group for three years from the date each share was purchased by the employee. The 
amount charged to the statement of profit or loss in the year was £0.1 million (2018: £0.1 million). For shares that have vested, 
£0.1 million (2018: £0.2 million) which had been previously charged to the statement of profit or loss, has been reclassified to 
retained earnings.

23. Dividends on equity shares

Reported dividends on ordinary shares: 
Interim ordinary dividend
Proposed final ordinary dividend

Total ordinary dividends
Interim additional dividend
Proposed additional final dividend

Total additional dividend

Total reported dividends (non-IFRS measure)

Dividends paid on ordinary shares: 
Final ordinary dividend for the prior year 
Interim dividend for the current year 

Total ordinary dividend paid
Final additional dividend for the prior year 
Additional interim dividend for the current year 

Total additional dividend paid

Total dividends paid

Number of shares in issue used for purposes  
of per share calculations

Year ended 31 March 2019

Year ended 31 March 2018

£’000 pence per share

£’000

pence per share

10,643
16,105

26,748
8,326
12,557

20,883

47,631

20,867
10,643

31,510
16,725
8,326

25,051

56,561

15.6
23.6

39.2
12.2
18.4

30.6

69.8

30.6
15.6

46.2
24.5
12.2

36.7

82.9

10,431
20,863

31,294
8,316
16,636

24,952

56,246

20,450
10,431

30,881
16,701
8,316

25,017

55,898

68,243,406

68,180,545

15.3
30.6

45.9
12.2
24.4

36.6

82.5

30.0
15.3

45.3
24.5
12.2

36.7

82.0

The proposed final ordinary dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the annual general meeting and has not been 
included as a liability in these financial statements.

24. Financial instruments and risk
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, bank 
loans and accruals, which arise directly from the Group’s operations. The Group’s policy is not to undertake speculative trading in 
financial instruments.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange. The Directors review 
and agree policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. These policies have remained unchanged during 
the year. The Group uses hedges to manage the foreign exchange risk of purchasing PayPoint One terminals.

(a) Credit risk
The Group’s financial assets are cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and investments. The Group’s credit risk is 
primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables. To mitigate against credit risk, PayPoint credit checks clients and retailers, 
holds retailer security deposits, operates terminal limits, monitors clients and retailers for changes in payment profiles and in 
certain circumstances, has the right to set-off monies due against funds collected. The Group’s maximum exposure, at 31 March 
2019, was £75.1 million (2018: £64.3 million).

The Company, PayPoint plc, has issued parental guarantees in favour of clients of its subsidiaries under which it has guaranteed 
amounts due to clients, by the subsidiaries, for settlement of funds collected by retailers. PayPoint plc has also issued guarantees 
in favour of Romanian banks amounting to £5.1 million for guarantee facilities used by Romanian subsidiaries also to guarantee 
settlement of client funds.

(b) Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy throughout the year ended 31 March 2019 regarding liquidity has been to maximise the return on funds placed 
on deposit whilst minimising the associated risk.

The Group had no financial liabilities at 31 March 2019 other than short-term payables such as trade payables and accruals.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
121

(c) Foreign exchange risk
The Group’s currency exposures comprise those transactional exposures that give rise to the net currency gains and losses 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss. Such exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group 
that are not denominated in the operating (or functional) currency of the operating unit involved. At 31 March 2019, these 
exposures were £nil (2018: £nil).

The Group uses hedges to manage the foreign exchange risk related to PayPoint One terminal purchases.

(d) Interest rate risk
The Group had no interest-bearing financial assets at 31 March 2019 other than the cash and cash equivalents of £37.5 million 
(2018: £46.0 million). The Group is also exposed to interest rate risk through use of its financing facility which incurs interest 
charges based on Libor plus a margin.

All funds earn interest at the prevailing rate. The funds are deposited on short-term deposits (normally weekly or monthly) or held 
in current accounts. The Group seeks to maximise interest receipts within these parameters. The Group also minimises interest 
cost by effective central management of cash resources to minimise the need for utilisation of the financing facility.

(e) Borrowing facilities
At year end, the Group had an undrawn, unsecured £75 million revolving loan facility with a £20 million accordion expiring in 
March 2023.

(f) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The Directors consider there to be no material difference between the book value and the fair value of the Group’s financial 
instruments at 31 March 2019, or 31 March 2018.

(g) Market price risk
The Group’s exposure to market price risk comprises interest rate exposure. Group funds are invested in money market cash 
deposits with the objective of maintaining a balance between accessibility of funds and competitive rates of return.

(h) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (the definition of which is consistent with prior year and is the Group’s assets and 
liabilities including cash) are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern to provide returns for shareholders and 
benefits for other stakeholders. The Group manages its capital by continued focus on free cash flow generation and managing the 
level of capital investment in the business.

(i) Financial instrument sensitivities
Financial instruments affected by market risk include deposits, trade receivables and trade payables. Any changes in market 
variables (exchange rates and interest rates) will have an immaterial effect on these instruments.

25. Related party transactions
Remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management of the Group, was as follows during the year:

Short-term benefits and bonus1
Pension costs2
Long-term incentives3
Other4

Total

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

1,630
127
648
70

2,475

2,579
234
445
29

3,287

1.  Includes salary, fees, benefits in kind and annual bonus.
2.  Defined contribution pension scheme.
3.  Long-term incentives: includes the value of 2016 LTIP and DABS expected to vest after the year end (2018: 2015 DSB and LTIP awards).
4.  SIP matching and dividend shares awarded in the year.

Revenue received from Drop and Collect Limited during the year totalled £11.3 million (2018: £15.1 million) and PayPoint held a 
trade debtor at year end of £0.6 million (2018: £0.4 million).

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 65 to 81.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic ReportShareholder informationGovernance122

26. Company related party transactions
The following transactions occurred between the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries

Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Interest paid to subsidiaries
Interest received from subsidiaries

Total

27. Notes to the cash flow statement

Group

Profit before tax
Adjustments for: 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
VAT and R&D credits2
Exceptional items
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Net finance costs
Share-based payment charge
Cash-settled share-based remuneration

Operating cash flows before movements in corporate working capital
Movement in inventories
Movement in trade and other receivables
Movement in contract assets
Movement in contract liabilities
Movement in payables

Cash generated by operations 
Corporation tax paid
Financial costs paid

Net cash from operating activities (corporate)
Movement in clients’ cash and retailers’ deposits 

Net cash from operating activities1

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

 38,405 
 12,094 
 1,112 
 1,084 

52,695

 36,023 
 10,187 
 546 
 698 

47,454

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

54,717

52,947

6,318
3,466
(2,427)
(922)
110
159
1,730
(725)

62,426
155
3,712
(614)
649
(3,482)

62,846
(9,952)
(586)

52,308
7,255

59,563

6,362
4,155
(166)
–
52
514
1,567
(322)

65,109
148
(424)
–
–
3,650

68,483
(10,285)
(609)

57,589
5,401

62,990

1.  Items in the course of collection and settlement payables are included in this reconciliation on a net basis through the client cash line. The Directors have included these items on a 

net basis to best reflect the operating cash flows of the business.

2.  In 2017/18 PayPoint received cash from clients in advance of payment to HMRC following the VAT tribunal outcome. In the current year the improved VAT recovery was offset 

against the net payment to HMRC which has been shown as a non-cash item.

Company

Profit before tax
Adjustments for: 
Dividends from subsidiaries
Exceptional item
Net finance income
Share-based payment charge
Cash-settled share-based remuneration

Operating cash movement before movements in working capital 
Movement in receivables
Movement in payables

Cash movement from operations 
Interest and bank charges paid

Net cash movement from operating activities 

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2018
£’000

57,221

62,831

(57,717)
(922)
473
–
(725)

(1,670)
(770)
852

(1,588)
(445)

(2,033)

(62,639)
–
(32)
1,567
(322)

1,405
(13,385)
5,035

(6,945)
(120)

(7,065)

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
Notice of annual general meeting

123

This notice of meeting is important and requires your immediate attention.

If you are in any doubt as to any aspect of the proposals referred to in this notice of meeting or as to the action you should take, 
you should seek your own advice from a stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, tax adviser, accountant or other independent 
professional adviser. 

If you have recently sold or otherwise transferred all of your ordinary shares in PayPoint plc, please pass this notice of meeting 
together with the accompanying documents to the purchaser or transferee, or to the person who arranged the sale or transfer, so 
that they can pass these documents to the person who now holds the shares as soon as possible.

PAYPOINT PLC

Notice of annual general meeting
Notice is hereby given that the 2019 annual general meeting of PayPoint plc (‘the Company’) will be held at the Company’s head 
office, 1 The Boulevard, Shire Park, Welwyn Garden City, Hertfordshire AL7 1EL on Thursday 25 July at 12.00 noon. You will be 
asked to consider and pass the resolutions below. Resolutions 14, 15 and 16 will be proposed as special resolutions. All other 
resolutions will be proposed as ordinary resolutions.

Ordinary business
1.  To receive the Annual Report and accounts for the financial year ended 31 March 2019.
2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ Remuneration Policy on pages 67 to 73), as set out in 

the Company’s Annual Report and accounts for the financial year ended 31 March 2019. 

3.  To declare a final dividend of 23.6 pence per ordinary share of the Company for the year ended 31 March 2019.
4.  To elect Mr Patrick Headon as a Director who, having been appointed since the last annual general meeting of the Company, 

offers himself for election in accordance with the Company’s articles of association.

5.  To re-elect Ms Gill Barr as a Director.
6.  To re-elect Ms Rachel Kentleton as a Director.
7.  To re-elect Mr Giles Kerr as a Director.
8.  To re-elect Mr Rakesh Sharma as a Director. 
9.  To re-elect Mr Nick Wiles as a Director.
10. To re-appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company at 

which the accounts are laid. 

11. To authorise the Directors to determine the auditor’s remuneration. 
12. To authorise the Directors to operate the PayPoint Restricted Share Plan (‘RSP’), a copy of the draft rules of which is produced 
to the meeting and a summary of the main provisions of which is set out in the explanatory notes, and to do all such acts and 
things as may be necessary or expedient to give effect to the RSP.

Special business
13. That the Directors are authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’), to exercise all the 

powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in 
the Company up to an aggregate nominal amount of £75,828 provided that this authority shall expire on the conclusion of the 
annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2020 or, on a date which is 15 months from the date of this resolution, 
whichever is earlier, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority 
which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to 
allot shares or grant rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised 
authorities previously granted to the Directors under section 551 of the Act are revoked (save to the extent that the same are 
exercisable pursuant to section 551(7) of the Act by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this resolution 
which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted on or after that date).

14. That the Directors are empowered in accordance with sections 570 and 573 of the Act to allot equity securities (as defined in 

section 560 of the Act) for cash (under the authority conferred by resolution 13 above) or by way of a sale of treasury shares as 
if section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a)  the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other offer of securities to or in favour of 
(i) the holders of ordinary shares on the register of members at such record date(s) as the Directors may determine where 
the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the ordinary shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as 
may be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on any such record date(s), and (ii) the holders of other 
equity securities if this is required by the rights of those securities or, if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by 
the rights of those securities and subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or 
expedient to deal with fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory 
or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary 
receipts or any other matter whatever; and

(b)  the allotment (otherwise than under sub-paragraph (a) above) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an 

aggregate nominal amount of £11,374.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report124

Notice of annual general meeting
continued

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by resolution 13 above, save that the Company shall be 
entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be 
allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement 
as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

15. That subject to, and in accordance with the Company’s articles of association and pursuant to Section 701 of the Act, the 

Company is authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of ⅓ of 
one penny of the Company (‘ordinary shares’) provided that:

(a)  the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased under this authority is 6,824,520;
(b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share is the nominal value of such share;
(c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share shall not be more than the higher of: (i) 

105 percent of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share taken from and calculated by reference to 
the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the 
ordinary share is purchased; and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current 
independent bid for an ordinary share in the Company on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out;

(d)  this authority shall expire on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2020 or on a date 

which is 15 months from the date of this resolution, whichever is earlier; and

(e)  the Company may make any purchase of its ordinary shares under a contract concluded before this authority expires and 

which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority.

All shares purchased shall either: (i) be cancelled immediately on completion of the purchase; or (ii) be held, sold, transferred or 
otherwise dealt with as treasury shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

16. That any general meeting of the Company that is not an annual general meeting may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ 

notice. 

By order of the Board

Susan Court
Company Secretary
22 May 2019

Registered office: 
1 The Boulevard
Shire Park
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire
AL7 1EL
United Kingdom

PayPoint Annual Report 2019 
 
Notes to the notice of annual general meeting

125

1.  Shareholders should submit their proxy vote via www.signalshares.com not less than 48 hours before the time of the annual 

general meeting. Although the Company will no longer be providing a proxy form, you may request one from our registrar, Link 
Asset Services, on 0871 664 0391. From overseas call +44 (0) 371 664 0391 (calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone 
company’s access charge. Calls outside of the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are 
open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales). 

2.  A member entitled to attend, speak and vote at the annual general meeting may appoint a proxy (who need not be a member of 
the Company) to exercise all or any of his or her rights to attend and to speak and vote on his or her behalf. A member may 
appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a 
different share or shares held by him or her. To appoint more than one proxy please contact the Company’s registrar using the 
details provided above. CREST members should utilise the CREST electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with the 
procedures set out below, and in each case must be received by the Company not less than 48 hours before the time of the 
meeting. You must inform the Company’s registrar in writing of any termination of the authorities of a proxy.

3.  Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 to enjoy 

information rights (a ‘Nominated Person’) may, under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder by whom he/she was 
nominated, have a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the annual general meeting. If a 
Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under any such agreement, 
have a right to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting rights.

4.  The statement of the rights of shareholders to appoint a proxy in paragraphs one and two above does not apply to Nominated 
Persons. The rights described in these paragraphs can only be exercised by shareholders of the Company. Nominated Persons 
are reminded that they should contact the registered holder of their shares (and not the Company) on matters relating to their 
investments in the Company. 

5.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so 
for the annual general meeting and any adjournment thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST manual. CREST 
personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service 
provider(s) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on 
their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment, or instruction, made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST 
message (a CREST proxy instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (EUI) 
specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST manual. The 
message, regardless of whether it relates to the appointment of a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction given to a 
previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the 
latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified in the notice of annual general meeting. For this purpose, the time of 
receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST applications host) 
from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. The 
Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001. CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should 
note that EUI does not make available special procedure in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and 
limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST proxy instructions. It is therefore the responsibility of the 
CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has 
appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as 
shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in 
particular, to those sections of the CREST manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

6.  Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its 

powers as a member provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.

7.  To be entitled to attend and vote at the annual general meeting or any adjournment thereof (and also for the purpose of 

calculating how many votes a person may cast), a person must have his/her name entered on the register of members of the 
Company by close of business on 23 July 2019 (or by close of business on the date being two days before any adjourned 
meeting). Changes to entries on the register of members after this time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any 
person to attend or vote at the meeting. 

8.  Biographical details of the Directors of the Company are shown on pages 44 and 45 of the 2019 Annual Report.

9.  Each member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting 

which, in accordance with section 319A of the Companies Act 2006 and subject to some exceptions, the Company must cause 
such questions to be answered. However, no such answer need be given if:

(a)  to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information;
(b)  the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or
(c)  it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report126

Notes to the notice of annual general meeting
continued

10. Information relating to the meeting which the Company is required by section 311A of the Companies Act 2006 to publish on a 

website in advance of the meeting may be viewed at www.paypoint.com. A member may not use any electronic address 
provided by the Company in this document or with any proxy appointment form or in any website for communicating with the 
Company for any purpose in relation to the meeting other than as expressly stated in it.

11. It is possible that, pursuant to members’ requests made in accordance with section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, the 
Company will be required to publish on a website a statement in accordance with section 528 of that Act setting out any 
matter that the members concerned propose to raise at the meeting relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s accounts 
(including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the annual general meeting; or (ii) any 
circumstances connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual 
accounts and reports were laid. The Company cannot require the members concerned to pay its expenses in complying with 
those sections. The Company must forward any such statement to its auditor by the time it makes the statement available on 
the website. The business which may be dealt with at the meeting includes any such statement.

12. The issued share capital of the Company as at 20 May 2019, the latest practicable date before publication of this notice, was 

68,245,203 ordinary shares of ⅓ pence each, carrying one vote each. The Company holds no treasury shares or unallocated 
shares for the purpose of employee share schemes, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company on 20 May 
2019 is 68,245,203.

13. The Directors’ service agreements, Directors’ letters of appointment and rules of the Restricted Share Plan are available for 
inspection at the registered office of the Company and at the office of Mills & Reeve, Monument Place, 24 Monument Street, 
London EC3R 8AJ during normal business hours on any weekday and will be available at the place of the annual general meeting 
from 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends. 

Recommendation and voting intentions
With respect to resolutions 5 to 8 (inclusive), the Chairman confirms that, based on the performance evaluation undertaken during 
the period, each of the retiring Directors’ performance continues to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role. The 
Board has considered this and recommends that each Director who wishes to serve again be proposed for re-election. This opinion 
is based on an assessment of each Director’s relevant knowledge and experience and the conclusion that, in each case, their 
informed opinions are of significant value and contribute greatly to Board discussions. 

With respect to resolution 9, as Nick Wiles was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in October 2009, in July 2018, the Board 
undertook a thorough assessment of his tenure and resolved that the Chairman’s appointment as a Director be extended for a 
further term of three years. The Board agreed that the Chairman continues to demonstrate objective judgement and promotes 
constructive challenge amongst other Board members. Also, the extension would provide stability and aid the implementation of 
the succession plans with respect to Dominic Taylor. The Board recommends that Nick Wiles be proposed for re-election.

The Directors’ biographies can be found on pages 44 and 45 of the 2019 Annual Report.

The Directors consider that all the resolutions to be put to the meeting are in the best interests of the Company and its 
shareholders as a whole and most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of those shareholders. Those 
Directors who are shareholders will be voting in favour of the resolutions and unanimously recommend that you do so as well.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Explanatory notes to certain of the resolutions 
to be proposed at the annual general meeting

127

Resolution 2: Directors’ Remuneration Report
Shareholders are asked to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report that appears on pages 65 to 81 other than the part 
containing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, of the 2019 Annual Report and accounts. This vote is advisory, and the Directors’ 
entitlement to remuneration is not conditional on it.

Resolution 3: Declaration of final dividend
On 24 May 2018, the Company announced a transition to quarterly dividends with effect from 1 April 2019. Shareholders were 
informed that four equal dividends will be payable in July, September, December and March, and that this change will not alter the 
quantum of dividend that will be paid to shareholders within a financial year. 

Shareholders are being asked to approve a final dividend of 23.6 per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2019. Subject to 
approval, the dividend will be paid in equal instalments of 11.8p per share on 29 July 2019 and 30 September 2019 to the holders 
of ordinary shares whose names are recorded on the register of members at the close of business on 28 June 2019 and 6 September 
2019 respectively.

Resolutions 10 and 11: Re-appointment and remuneration of auditor
The Company is required to appoint or re-appoint an auditor at each general meeting at which accounts are presented to 
shareholders. Following an evaluation of the effectiveness and independence of KPMG, the Directors recommend KPMG be 
re-appointed as auditor. Resolution 11 grants authority to the Company to determine the auditor’s remuneration.

Resolution 12: To authorise the operation of the RSP and to do all such acts and things as may be necessary or 
expedient to give effect to the RSP
Below is a summary of the principal terms of the RSP. 

Operation
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the ‘Committee’) will supervise the operation of the RSP. 

Eligibility
Any employee (but excluding any Executive Director) of the Company and any of its subsidiaries will be eligible to participate in the 
RSP at the discretion of the Committee.

Grant of awards
The Committee may grant an award in one of two forms:

(i)  nil cost options, where a participant can decide when to exercise his/her award over ordinary shares in the Company (‘Shares’) 

during a limited period of time after it has vested; or

(ii)  a conditional award, where a participant will receive free Shares on the vesting of his/her award.

The Committee may allow awards to be settled in cash where it is appropriate to do so. 

The Committee may normally grant awards within six weeks following: 

(i)   the date on which the RSP is approved by shareholders; 
(ii)  the Company’s announcement of its results for any period; or 
(iii) the lifting of restrictions on dealing in Shares that prevented grant of awards under (i) or (ii). The Committee may also grant 

awards when there are exceptional circumstances which the Committee considers justifies the granting of awards.

No awards will be granted after 25 July 2029, being ten years after the 2019 annual general meeting.

No payment will be required for the grant of an award. Awards are not transferable (other than to the participant’s personal 
representatives in the event of death). Awards are not pensionable.

Individual limit
The maximum number of Shares that may be awarded to a participant in any financial year will be limited so that normally the 
market value of such Shares on the award date will not exceed 200% of the individual’s base salary. 

Overall RSP limits 
The RSP may operate over new issue Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased in the market.

In any ten-year period the Company may not issue (or have the possibility to issue) more than:

(a)  10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company in respect of awards made in that period under the RSP and any other 

employee share plan adopted by the Company; and

(b)  5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company in respect of awards made in that period under the RSP and any other 

executive share plan adopted by the Company.

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
128

Explanatory notes to certain of the resolutions 
to be proposed at the annual general meeting
continued

Vesting of awards
The vesting of awards granted under the RSP will normally only be subject to continued employment with the Company’s Group for 
a specified period. The vesting period of awards will be determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of grant, but may 
be set for periods shorter than three years. 

The Committee may also make vesting of RSP awards conditional upon the achievement of one or more performance conditions 
set at the time of grant (although any such conditions are not required and may be set by reference to personal performance 
measures, such as annual appraisals).

Leaving employment
As a general rule, an award will lapse upon a participant leaving the employment of the Company’s Group. However, if before the 
vesting of an award a participant ceases to be an employee within the Company’s Group by reason of death, injury, disability, 
ill-health, redundancy, retirement (with the consent of his or her employing company), upon the sale or transfer out of the 
Company’s Group or the Company or undertaking employing him/her, or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee 
(except in circumstances of gross misconduct or summary dismissal), then the award will vest on the normal vesting date. 

The Committee may, at its discretion, permit or require awards to vest in such circumstances at the time of cessation 
of employment.

In either case, there will be a pro-rata reduction in the number of shares that may vest, for the time that has elapsed up to the date 
of cessation compared to the originally stated vesting period, unless the Committee determines that it would be inappropriate to 
apply a pro-rata reduction in the particular circumstances. Vesting of awards will remain subject to the Committee determining the 
extent to which any performance conditions have been satisfied. 

A participant will be deemed to have ceased employment at the date that notice is given or received, unless the Committee 
decides to use a later date (e.g. the date that employment ends formally, or another date between the notice date and the date 
that employment ends).

Corporate events
In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or voluntary winding up of the Company (not being an internal corporate 
reorganisation), all awards would vest early. The awards would normally be pro-rated to reflect the shorter than normal period of 
time between the date of the award and the time of vesting. The Committee can decide not to pro-rate awards if it regards it as 
inappropriate to do so in the particular circumstances. Vesting of awards will remain subject to the Committee determining the 
extent to which any performance conditions have been satisfied.

In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, awards will be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding 
company, unless the Committee decides that awards should vest on the same basis as described above.

Awards may also vest on the same basis if a demerger, special dividend or other similar event is proposed which, in the opinion of 
the Committee, would affect the market price of the Shares to a material extent.

Participants’ rights
Awards will not confer any shareholder rights on participants until the awards have vested and the participants have received their 
Shares.

The number of Shares comprised in an award will be increased in respect of an amount equivalent to the dividends that would have 
been paid on the Shares vesting under the awards between the time when the awards were granted and the time when they vest.

The Committee may determine that any additional Shares in respect of dividends that would have been paid on the Shares vesting 
under the awards, can instead be paid in cash. 

Rights attaching to Shares
Any Shares allotted when an award vests (or for an award structured as an option, when it is exercised) will rank equally with all 
other Shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record date prior to their allotment).

Variation of capital
In the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital, or in the event of a demerger, payment of a special dividend or other 
similar event which materially affects the market price of the Shares, the Committee may make such adjustments as it considers 
appropriate to the number of Shares subject to an award and/or the exercise price payable (if any).

PayPoint Annual Report 2019129

Malus and clawback
The Committee retains a power to recoup the value of unvested and previously vested awards from an individual within the period 
of three years from the vesting date of an award, if it considers it appropriate to do so. The Committee may choose to exercise this 
power in the following circumstances:
•  the summary dismissal of the participant as a result of gross misconduct (or the Committee determines that circumstances 

existed that warranted summary dismissal as a result of gross misconduct)

•  a material misstatement of the financial results of any company in the Company’s Group 
•  the assessment or calculation of the value of an award (or any other condition imposed upon it) was based on an error that 

directly or indirectly led to an award vesting to a greater degree than would have been the case had that error not been made
•  other circumstances which would, in the opinion of the Committee, have a sufficiently significant impact on the reputation of 

any company in the Company’s Group

Alterations to the RSP
The Committee may, at any time, alter the provisions of the RSP in any respect, provided that the prior approval of shareholders 
must be obtained for any alterations that are in respect of the rules governing eligibility, limits on participation, the overall limits on 
the issue of Shares or the transfer of Shares held in treasury, the basis for determining a participant’s entitlement to, and the terms 
of, the Shares or cash to be provided under the RSP and the adjustment of awards. 

The requirement to obtain the prior approval of shareholders will not, however, apply to any minor alteration made to benefit the 
administration of the RSP, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or 
regulatory treatment for participants or for any company in the Company’s Group.

If the proposed alterations are to the material disadvantage of participants the Board must invite participants to indicate if they 
approve the alterations and if so the alterations must be approved by a majority of the participants that respond. 

Resolution 13: Directors’ authority to allot shares
By virtue of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), the Directors require the authority of shareholders of the Company 
to allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares. This resolution authorises the Directors to make 
allotments of up to 22,748,401 ordinary shares, representing approximately one-third of the issued share capital of the Company 
(excluding treasury shares) as at 20 May 2019, being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice. If approved 
at the forthcoming annual general meeting, the authority will expire no later than 15 months from the date on which the resolution 
is passed or on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2020, whichever is the sooner.

Resolution 14: Authority for disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights 
By virtue of section 561 of the Act, any issue by the Company of equity capital for cash made otherwise than to existing 
shareholders on a proportional basis requires the consent of shareholders of the Company unless the Company has obtained their 
authority under sections 570 and 573 of the Act. This resolution is for that purpose. It authorises the Directors to allot shares by 
way of rights issue or pursuant to an open offer or otherwise than strictly pro rata when the Directors consider that it is expedient 
to do so and also allows them to issue for cash up to 3,412,260 ordinary shares (representing approximately five per cent) of the 
issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 20 May 2019, being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this notice, other than on a pre-emptive basis. If approved at the forthcoming annual general meeting, the authority 
will expire no later than 15 months from the date on which the resolution is passed or on the conclusion of the annual general 
meeting of the Company to be held in 2020, whichever is the sooner. The Directors have no present intention of exercising the 
authority proposed to be conferred pursuant to resolution 14. 

Resolution 15: Authority to make market purchases of ordinary shares
By virtue of section 701 of the Act, the Company may make market purchases of its own ordinary shares if authorised to do 
so by shareholders. Under this resolution, the Directors seek to renew an annual authority to make market purchases of shares: 
each year the Directors will seek to further renew this authority at the Company’s annual general meeting. Any ordinary shares 
purchased under this authority would either be (i) cancelled immediately on completion of the purchase and the number of ordinary 
shares in issue reduced accordingly; (ii) held, sold, transferred or otherwise dealt with as treasury shares in accordance with the 
provisions of the Act; or (iii) transferred to an employee benefit trust for the satisfaction of awards under the Company’s existing 
share schemes. 

The maximum number of ordinary shares which could be purchased under this authority is 6,824,520, being ten per cent of the 
issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 20 May 2019, being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this notice. Any repurchase of ordinary shares carried out by the Company would be at a maximum price per ordinary 
share of 105 per cent of the average middle market price of such a share for the five business days immediately preceding the date 
of the purchase, the price equal to the last independent trade or the highest current independent bid and at a minimum price equal 
to the nominal value. The authority to repurchase ordinary shares will, if approved by shareholders, only be exercised after careful 
consideration by the Directors and if such exercise would result in an increase in earnings per share and be in the best interests of 
shareholders generally. If approved at the forthcoming annual general meeting, the authority will expire no later than 15 months 
from the date on which the resolution is passed, or on the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company to be held 
in 2020, whichever is the sooner. 

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report130

Explanatory notes to certain of the resolutions 
to be proposed at the annual general meeting
continued

Resolution 16: Authority to allow any general meeting of the Company that is not an annual general meeting to be 
called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice
The minimum notice period for general meetings of listed companies is 21 days, but companies may reduce this period to 14 days 
(other than for annual general meetings) provided that:

(a)  the Company offers a facility for shareholders to vote by electronic means. This condition is met if the Company has a facility 

enabling all shareholders to appoint a proxy by means of a website; and 

(b)  on an annual basis, a shareholders’ resolution approving the reduction of the minimum notice period from 21 days to 14 days is 

passed. 

The Board is therefore proposing this resolution as a special resolution to approve 14 days as the minimum period of notice for all 
general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings. The approval of this resolution will be effective until the end 
of the 2020 annual general meeting of the Company, when it is intended that the approval will be renewed. The Board intends that 
the shorter notice period will only be used in limited exceptional circumstances which are time-sensitive, rather than as a matter of 
routine, and only where the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting and is thought to be in the interests of shareholders 
as a whole. The Directors do not have any current intention to exercise this authority but consider it appropriate to ensure that the 
Company has the necessary flexibility to respond to all eventualities.

PayPoint Annual Report 2019Officers and professional advisers

131

Independent auditor
KPMG LLP
15 Canada Square
London E14 5GL
United Kingdom

Registrar
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU 
United Kingdom

Directors
G Barr1
P Headon
G Kerr1
R Kentleton
R Sharma1
N Wiles (Chairman)1

1.  Non-Executive Directors.

Company Secretary
S Court

Registered office
1 The Boulevard
Shire Park
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL
United Kingdom

Registered in England and Wales 
Company number 03581541

Financial statementsPayPoint Annual Report 2019Shareholder informationGovernanceStrategic Report132

Notes

PayPoint Annual Report 2019P

a

y

P

o

i

n

t

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

PayPoint plc
1 The Boulevard, Shire Park
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire AL7 1EL
United Kingdom

Tel  +44 (0)1707 600 300
Fax +44 (0)1707 600 333
www.paypoint.com

Annual Report  
2019